Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Topics - ROBINV

Pages: « 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 »
196
Robservations / Robservations 3/19/03 - #854-855 - Body Snatcher
« on: March 18, 2003, 09:59:29 PM »
854 - Quentin surveys the ruby ring on his hand, thinking, I don't want a new life from Petofi--but I can't wrest the ring from my hand, no matter how much I struggle!

Old Mill - Petofi sits in a chair, looking as if he's expecting someone. Aristede enters and turns on a light, then starts to take a drink. No wine, warns Petofi, because tonight will be the most important night of our lives, more important than the night we arrived at Collinwood, or the night I found you shivering with cold on the embankment in London--more important even than the night I found this (his hand). Aristede notes, your ring is gone.  You're observant, says Petofi--what would I do without you?--tell me, Aristede, you are so fascinated by clothes--what do you think they will wear in the time I'm going to?--Julia Hoffman showed up in that obscenely short skirt, but I find it hard to believe men's clothes will be in such bad taste--I must have Beth tell me exactly what Quentin was wearing in the future. You can still ask her, says Aristede, if you trust her  answers. The future, exults Petofi--I've lived for 150 years, and for a hundred of them, lived in fear of the gypsies--but in the future, we shall be free. Aristede picks up the wine bottle again--we should celebrate, he says.  Petofi takes it from him--I want none of your usual bungling, he warns--and drops it on the floor, where it shatters. Aristede is surprised by this gesture. Everything must be perfect, instructs Petofi, what I am doing tonight will require intense concentration, and he can't afford to worry about you, who has a most important part--soon I will have a visitor who will ask many questions, and I will want to know how my plan is working, then I'll want the interruption I've planned--I will say a certain word, and when you hear it, you will come from that room--the word will be "unknown," because my new life will be just that--unknown. Aristede asks--what will my fate be when you go into the future? You will follow me, explains Petofi. HOW? cries Aristede. Quiet, demands Petofi--he's just about to leave Collinwood, now I will find out if my plan is progressing, if I've been powerful enough to...SHE has stopped him from coming, exclaims Petofi, furious.

No, of course you think me mad, Kitty tells Quentin--what else could you think, seeing me talking to that strange woman at the rectory?  Quentin, wearing his cape, looks away. Why did I go there, what was I after? she demands. Kitty, he says soothingly. You heard what I said to her, now tell me! cries Kitty. You were looking for someone, and it was some kind of aberration, says Q.  TELL ME! she shouts. "Barnabas Collins," admits Quentin. Josette's music begins to play.  Kitty goes to look at the portrait on the wall, wondering--why was I looking for a man I only met once--a dead man?  He touches her shoulders; she spots Petofi's ring. Have you always worn it? she asks. No, he says. Good, if you had, I surely would have thought I was losing my mind, she says. Quentin gazes at the ring and asks why. My husband, she says, wore one very much like it, once--exactly the same! Can't be, objects Quentin. No, of course not, she agrees, calmer, that wouldn't be possible. Quentin asks, do you happen to know Count Petofi? She repeats the name and says no--why? I just thought you might have met him, he says. I'd remember, Quentin, I never forget names, she says--never!  He looks at her, surprised by her vehemence.

Old Mill - Petofi tells Beth, it's good you're here--tonight, you'll see things you'll never forget--I must go meditate until our visitor comes--every moment is too precious to waste. He goes into the other room, leaving Beth and Aristede alone. She asks what's happening.  Aristede, looking peacock-proud, refuses to tell her. What am I about to see? she presses. Something that should amuse you very much--it concerns Quentin Collins, says Aristede. She smiles evilly--what's going to happen to Quentin? she asks.  Take my advice, says Aristede--don't ask!
I want to know, insists Beth--won't I enjoy it more if I know what will happen? If His Excellency would have wanted you to know, he'd have told you himself, boasts Aristede--"Not ME!" She gives him a dirty look.  (They remind me of squabbling siblings.) Petofi sits in a chair in the room that once held Barnabas prisoner, only a lamp inside. Aristede enters, kneels, and asks is it a good idea to have Beth here?--she once loved Quentin very much. Bring her in, orders Petofi. Aristede does so. Petofi orders Aristede to leave; the latter isn't thrilled.  Petofi asks Beth a most important question--how do you feel about Quentin, exactly. "I hate him," she says. You don't care what happens to him? asks Petofi.  No, he's going to marry Angelique, she says. You can stand by and watch whatever I think necessary to happen? asks Petofi. Yes, she assures him. And in the morning, you will be very happy, for you will be revenged, he says. Aristede enters. "He is here?" asks Petofi. Aristede nods. Remain in the room, orders Petofi, and both be very quiet--"You know what the word is, Aristede, and what you are to do?" Yes, says Aristede. Good, says Petofi. Good luck, says Aristede.  I don't believe in it, says Petofi--it's a poor substitute for will. Aristede smiles at Petofi, then swings the triumphant grin around to Beth.

Petofi takes a book and sits down in a chair, pretending to read when Quentin comes in. I didn't expect to see you again tonight, says the Count--come down, my dear boy, how clairvoyant you are, I was just wanting some company. Why did you gave me the ring? asks Quentin. A present, answers Petofi. Quentin won't accept that. You admired it, says Petofi. That's no reason to give it to me, says Q. Why are you so upset? asks Petofi. I can't get it off my finger! says Quentin.  That's a sign you should keep it, asserts Petofi. I don't want it, says Q. There are times one should simply sit back and let life happen, advises Petofi. This isn't one of them, shoots back Quentin. I think it is, says Petofi. Tonight, says Q, Lady Hampshire--do you know her? Petofi thinks it over.  Don't lie to me, warns Quentin--she already has, claiming not to know you--she was lying, I know it--I wonder WHY I know it, that's what's so puzzling--from the moment she said she didn't, I knew as well as I knew my own name she was lying--but why?
Petofi laughs, nodding, then says, it was exceptionally bright of you, very intelligent, yes, Quentin, Lady Hampshire and I have met--surely she forgot. No, you know each other very well, says Quentin--am I gaining some second sight? Would you like that? asks Petofi. Quentin asks, is it because of the ring? How suspicious you are! says Petofi.  Yes, agrees Q, I'm becoming suspicious, it's as if I feel I'm about to remember how you and Lady Hampshire knew each other, as if, any moment, I'll know it--"You said once that I would have to pay for the portrait," recalls Quentin. "My portrait. Is this part of the price?" You will never know, Quentin, what you have to pay, says Petofi--you were very careless about that portrait, my boy, very careless indeed--dangerous to lose anything so valuable, if it fell into the hands of an enemy and the moon was full, one slash of a knife across the portrait and you would be as you were--"you should be more careful when you deal with"--and he goes to the door--"the unknown!" The only thing I'm certain of, says Quentin, is that you are the unknown--what do you want from me?  Aristede brings out Quentin's covered portrait, a move Petofi calls clever--you must have known we were talking about this. Petofi shows Quentin the portrait.  Q demands to know, where did you get it? That doesn't matter, says Petofi, I don't want you running in a rage to chase whomever stole it--no, I looked out for you, just relax and don't interfere.  Look at that face, says Quentin, every time I look at it, it looks uglier and harder. It's your imagination, insists Petofi.  Look at the shadow under the eyes, suggests Quentin--it wasn't like that when Tate first painted it. Quentin looks confused, shaky, dazed. What is it? Petofi asks. My eyes, says Quentin, covering them with his hands--"I can't see!" he cries desperately, covering his face with one hand. Petofi grins. Quentin uncovers his face--I can't see. Turn around, orders Petofi--can you see me? Not very clearly, says Q, I can see an outline. You will see, Quentin, says Petofi, close your eyes and when you open them again, you will see as clearly as Quentin Collins ever could--close your eyes! Quentin does as he's told; Petofi touches his eyes with his magic hand. Now, open them, orders Petofi. Quentin is delighted--I can see--how did you do this?--nothing like that ever happened to me!  Don't take it too seriously, says Petofi heartily--that little demonstration was given to show you more of my powers--I advise you to take my advice without argument for once--go back to Collinwood, go to bed, get some rest, you're exhausted, and I need rest--tomorrow morning, everything will be very different--I mean it, it will be!  Why do I believe you? asks Q. Because I'm right, says Petofi--not another word out of you--shall I send Aristede with you--would you like company on your way home? (Like he'd really want Aristede's company!) No, I'd prefer to be alone, says Quentin. Yes, I understands, says Petofi.  Tomorrow, says Q, we will meet again, to get everything clear as to exactly what I owe you.  Tomorrow, agrees Petofi, if you still want to talk, we will. We will, I mean it, says Q. Tell me tomorrow, reiterates Petofi. Quentin goes upstairs.  Petofi calls for Aristede and says, it's going brilliantly, far more brilliantly than I dared to imagine--nothing can stop it now--NOTHING!

Kitty, book in hand, closes the window in the drawing room, then puts down the book. Quentin returns. Join me in a drink? she asks--I'm being very forward she is, but I think it would help me to sleep if I had a brandy. "What are you REALLY doing here?" Quentin asks. She turns to look at him--"I bet your pardon?"  I wonder why I asked that? says Quentin, puzzled, then adds, yes, of course--Gerald Soames died penniless, and you have come here to marry Edward and all of his money!  Kitty is horrified.
Quentin laughs at her.  She smacks him--stop it! she orders. Why did you hit me? he asks--did I say something?--tell me!!   "Quentin, if you don't remember," says Kitty, "neither do I." She leaves him, heading upstairs.

We see Quentin's portrait, which does look dissolute compared to its original, pristine condition. Petofi covers it, with Aristede's help, and says, tonight is the most crucial part of my plan. I don't know what the plan is, says Beth.  You won't, says Petofi--there's no time to explain now, but you will obey me if you understand. Yes, she agrees. I'll go into that room, Petofi says, the door will be closed, neither of you will enter--that's an order--what I must do here, I must do alone. You won't he disturbed, Aristede assures him. Neither of you will sleep tonight, instructs Petofi--if anyone comes to see me, including Quentin himself, he will not be allowed to disturb me.  Aristede and Beth agree--we understand.
"When we meet again," says Petofi, "everything will be different--VERY different!" He enters the room, closing the door. Beth looks at a smiling Aristede, who says I'll be upstairs at the door--you can bring me some coffee.

Petofi sits in the chair and intones, "Quentin Collins, you must bend your will to mine, and there shall be no resistance, because I am the fire, the air, the water and the earth, I am the powers of all the stars! You will hear the rustling of leaves in a thousand trees, telling you the wind of change is upon you--so it is, and so it shall be, forevermore!"

NOTES (include spoilers): Loved the scene between Quentin and Kitty, where he becomes "inhabited" by Petofi, says something that horrifies her and she smacks him.  Quentin returns and doesn't understand it--what a well-acted scene!

Those of us who have seen this before know that Petofi is about to do a mind exchange with Quentin, which is why he had those weird flashes when he was with Kitty, and why he knew her real motive for coming to Collinwood and that she lied about not knowing Petofi.

Fasten your seatbelts, my friends, it's going to get quite weird!


855 - Quentin looks out the drawing room window forlornly, his hand on the window pane.

Aristede looks at the door behind which Petofi meditates and tells Beth, sit down and relax--we can't leave the door unguarded--it could take Petofi all night.  How will we know it's over? asks Beth.  You aren't getting impatient, are you? demands Aristede. No, she replies. Sit down and relax; when it's over, you'll know it, he shouts. Beth sits, her back very straight. Inside the room, Petofi sits, too, his eyes huge behind his glasses, his mouth hanging open slightly.
Quentin's eyes are oversized orbs, too--he remembers it all began when Petofi put him to sleep--he awakened wearing the ring--why did he put it on me, and why can't I remove it? -it must have something to do with what's happening to me, but what? Quentin's torment is interrupted by a knock at the door. He starts moving toward the doors, but stops, leaning against the doorframe weakly, then continues on. It's Magda. Stay away from me? he orders, almost hysterically--I know what you want, but you won't get it--"It's mine and going to stay mine!"  Sympathetically, she asks, tell Magda what's wrong. He looks at her, now out of his trance. When did you come in? he asks.  She's puzzled--just a moment ago, you let me in, don't you remember?  No, says Q. "What happened?" she asks. I don't know, he says. When you let me in, says Magda, you looked scared--why? He presses his hand against his forehead--no use asking questions, he says, ...“cause I don't know the answers. Magda notices Petofi's ring on his finger and is immediately concerned--it belongs to Petofi, she says, how did you get it? Leave me alone! shouts Quentin. He's trying to use you, says Magda, take it off! I tried, says Quentin, it won't come off--he's too powerful for us, no one can do anything to fight him. He leaves the house. Magda is very worried.

Aristede listens at the door. Beth asks, can you hear anything? No, he says, lighting a cheroot in a candle. What exactly is Petofi doing in there? she asks. He petulantly says, you haven't been with him long enough to be taken into his confidence, especially in a matter this vital. Why is this so vital? she asks. You'll find out before this night is over, promises Aristede. Is Quentin going to die? Beth asks.  Aristede laughs--no, he says--but before this night is over, he just might wish he had died--do I detect a note of concern for Quentin?
Of course not, she says, I pledged my loyalty to Petofi and believe I deserve to know what is going to happen. I'll give you one small clue, he says, then you can figure it out--I suggest you give your imagination free reign--try to see a man experiencing something far worse than death, try and think of the most diabolical, the most terrifying thing that can happen to a human being, and that's what will happen to Quentin tonight--that's all I'll reveal; it's up to you now.  Her face remains stoic. Are you sure you aren't suffering from some small concern for Quentin? asks Aristede.  I feel no concern whatsoever, she says defiantly. Aristede takes a puff of his cheroot as Beth returns to her chair.

Blue Whale - Charity, alone, sings "I Wanna Dance For You" as she drinks, standing next to the piano. She wears black and pink, a fairly fetching dress. She pours another drink. Quentin knocks at the door.  What's this? she asks, and lets him in. He already seems drunk. Quentin Collins, of all people, she chirps--what brings you here at this late hour? He's stunned, wondering, how did I get here? The place is closed, she says, your timing's bloody awful. Let me stay for a few minutes, he begs. Why should I, the way you treated me? she demands.  I need help, he says, dazed.
Oh, says Charity mockingly--you need help, you haven't changed a bit--you were like this the last time I saw you--you knew where Barnabas was, knew it all along, didn't you? Quentin walks away from her. When the time came to destroy him, YOU couldn't do it, I had to, and I haven't forgotten that! "I don't want to talk about Barnabas!" screams Q, taking down a chair from a table and sitting down. He covers his face with his hands--"I'm just trying to understand what's happening to me!" Charity flirtatiously asks him, "Like what? Could it be you come here to see me, after all?" She takes his hands in hers. Yes, he says, I guess it could. She's pleased--why didn't you say so when you walked in?--I'm not one to harbor a grudge, especially against you.  She touches his face longingly--we don't have to stay here, Luv, she says seductively, I've got my own place now, and we...  No, I want to stay and talk, he says. (a first!)  Talk? she asks, laughing--the night wasn't made for talking, Luv. This one was, he says, pressing his fists to his mouth. She asks if everything is all right. I don't know, I can't explain it, I only know that...they frighten me, he says. Who are you talking about? she asks.  My head--I can't think straight! he says.  Could you have taken a bad fall? she asks.  No, he cries, clutching his head. You poor Luv! she cries, caressing his hair. He presses his head into her bosom. "You need a little tender loving care," says Charity--and you came to the right place, you've been living in that house with all those barmy relatives of yours--that's no place for the likes of you and me. Q agrees--I can't go back there. Now you're talking, she says excitedly--stay right here with me, and you'll be chipper in no time at all! He doesn't answer. You do so need to be cheered, she says--I'll go fix you a drink, and you can sit back, relax, and let me entertain you. Quentin, hair all mussed, doesn't look well at all.

Mill - We see Petofi--enormous eyes, his fishlike mouth, deep in his trance...  Aristede smokes, Beth sits, both of them waiting. Annoyed, she asks, why do you keep watching me?  I was wondering what you're thinking about, he says. Nothing, she says, nothing at all. Are you sure you aren't wondering what will happen to Quentin? he asks. Quentin deserves whatever is going to happen, says Beth defiantly. To us, she appears uncertain, hearing in her mind Quentin saying how sorry he was--I wanted to tell you, couldn't find the strength to risk hurting you, I know you can't understand, I still love you, but I have no choice. Still love you, love you, love you, echoes in Her mind.  Her face fades, juxtaposing with Quentin's at the Blue Whale as he listens to Charity singing, "I'm Gonna Dance For You." She swings and sways, trailing her boa over him, but he doesn't even smile. He seems like a man in a trance, then suddenly beings to laugh. "Summon the innkeeper!" he shouts, happy and raucous. "Tell him to keep the wine flowing, and you my beautiful, exquisite creature, let me look at you!" He lifts her high in the air as she squeals, kissing her wildly, twirling her around. She's left breathless.  He offers to play her a tune, sit down at the piano and begins to play her theme song. She hums along, delighted. Quentin sways to the music, lavishly playing the tune. Charity comes over and presses her face to his. "I didn't know you could play the piano, Quentin," she says, smiling gleefully.  Quentin asks, "The piano? You know, my dear, many long years ago, I used to play it quite brilliantly--until THEY came. Until they came!"  And, abruptly crazed, he slams the piano shut, covering his face. Play me a song, she asks him. Play? he repeats--what are you talking about, I never played the piano in my life! I just heard you, Luv, she says, you were playing beautifully. "I was?" he asks. Yes, she says--you said you hadn't played for a long time, but don't believe that. I said that? he asks, confused. You do remember? she asks. No, he says. She kneels and caresses his hair--maybe you don't need the kind of looking after that I thought you did, after all, maybe you need a doctor. No, a doctor won't help me, no one will, he says, and leaves the Blue Whale.  Charity gazes at the closed piano.

Quentin, in a horrible state, returns to Collinwood. He shakes his head, goes to pour a drink. He sways and tips into a chair, lowering his head to the arm, closing his eyes. The ring on his finger glitters.

Petofi sits in his chair. Beth and Aristede wait. Beth paces the room, looking thoughtful. Aristede realizes someone is upstairs. He tells Beth, go upstairs and get rid of whoever it is--hurry! It's Magda, trying to get through the door, which is locked. Beth opens it--why did you come here? she asks.  What are YOU doing in this place? demands Magda.  I'm not obligated to answer that, replies Beth. Are you mixed up with Petofi? asks Magda.  I'm working for him, says Beth. "You're crazy," says Magda. Go away and stay away, orders Beth. I must speak to Petofi, insists Magda. He's busy, relays Beth--and for your own sake, I suggest you go. Magda sighs--it has something to do with Quentin, she says--I saw him before, something scary happened to him--I've got to speak to Petofi. Nervously, Beth says, I have strict orders not to let anyone in--please go away. I know Quentin doesn't mean anything to you anymore, says Magda, but he is in danger, she warns, doesn't that mean something?  "Good night, Magda," says Beth, and goes back into the mill, closing the door.

Petofi sits, still deeply meditating. Beth, back at her post, again remembers Quentin saying, I love you. Then she recalls Aristede asking her to think of the most diabolical thing that can happen to any human being--and then you'll know what will happen to Quentin. Next she hears Magda talking about how Quentin doesn't mean anything to you anymore, but he's in danger. . .the three voices whirl around and around in Beth's mind, and her eyes widen with fear. "Still love you," "danger," "most diabolical"...  Beth suddenly screams.  Be quiet! Aristede reminds her.  She covers her face with her hands, wailing, "No, I can't let you do anything to him, he does mean something to me, I still love him, and you can't take him from me!" She races out of the mill, Aristede calling, you can't go to him, you'll ruin everything. She races to Collinwood, finding Quentin asleep in a chair. She kneels and breathlessly says, "You must wake up, Quentin, listen to me, they're trying to do something dreadful to you, and I don't know what it is, but you must wake up before it happens, before it's too late!"
She shakes him, trying to rouse him, but he seems to be in a deep sleep from which he cannot be awakened.

NOTES: What a great episode. Petofi sits there looking like a creepy fish, working on his mind switch. The scene with Charity at the Blue Whale was so touching; it's clear she really cares for him, and adorable how she tried to "entertain" him out of his problems. When he played the piano, then exultantly lifted her into the air and kissed her, you felt her elation--and puzzlement. We knew Beth would crack, you can't turn love on and off that easily, and hate and love supposedly share opposite sides of the same coin. The question is, has Beth arrived in time to prevent what's about to happen--or not? Great seeing Magda again. Funny, too, how she, who once put a terrible curse on Quentin, is now one of his staunchest supporters. She went to Petofi to try and stop him, which was very brave, considering how much she fears him.

[spoiler]And isn't it cool how enthusiastically Petofi, in Quentin's body, kisses Charity? The man is a lech, obviously, and he's going to really appreciate the beautiful ladies at Collinwood once he has secured the kind of body the women will want. It might prove to be his undoing...[/spoiler]

Love, Robin

197
852 - (The sound and lights made by the train seem very real. I like when DS utilizes an effective effect like that.)

Angelique holds the pin poised over the clay doll's heart, leading Quentin to realize he has no choice. The train has left. That's my Quentin talking, exults Ang--a little less romantic, a little more realistic. He brushes past her, furious.  When she turns him around to face her, he orders her, don't touch me. Why not, we're engaged, Ang reminds him, and to be married--then you can get on any train you like--with me. I'm not going anywhere with you, Q says. Yes you are, retorts Angelique--you're going back to Collinwood to plan our wedding. "Doesn't it bother you that I detest you?" demands Quentin. She faces him and says, of course it bothers me, but you'll get over it, I'm sure of it--one day Amanda will leave your mind as easily as that train left the station.
I'll always grieve for Amanda, he says. Don't grieve, she warns him, or you'll be grieving for a dead girl, rather than an abandoned one--shall we return to Collinwood? She goes.  Quentin follows, suitcase in hand.

Collinwood - Edward sits at the desk. Kitty enters and greets him very warmly. The strangest thing happened to me this evening, she relates--I was sitting in my room, the window was open, and the night air seemed to be calling me, as if to some great adventure in the night--come walk with me--we can find adventure together.  I can't, says Edward, I'm expecting a phone call. The forced gaiety leaves her face.  I don't mind, she assures him. The call is rather personal, he says--I wouldn't want to burden you with it. Breathily, she says, the Collins family is very fortunate having someone strong to run it. He grins.  Thank you, he says--I do what I must. Perhaps some other night she suggests, as the phone rings. She leaves the drawing room. It's Dr. Seward, Judith's doctor.  How is my sister doing? asks Edward.

Out in the woods, Kitty hears a snapping branch. She looks around--who is it? she asks--I know someone is there, answer me, she demands imperiously. She starts to move on, hears the sound again. Edward, is that you? she asks, suddenly scared. Who is it? Leave me alone! She cries, and runs off.

Edward sits by the fire. He stands and takes a drink. Someone knocks hurriedly at the front door; he goes to answer it. It's Kitty, terrified. She calms herself down, but he notes she's trembling.  In the woods, someone was watching me, she explains. Someone you could see? he asks. No, but I knew I wasn't alone, she explains--someone was watching every move I made. Must have been some stranger who took a wrong turn, insists Edward.  No, says Kitty, no stranger, I felt it was someone who knew me very well. Angelique and Quentin return home. Who is that woman? demands Kitty.  Quentin's fiancee, says Edward--Miss duBois. Just as Edward is about to introduce them, Kitty says, "You were in the woods watching me, you've always watched me, always spied on me--well, you won't spy on me anymore!" And she begins to choke Angelique!

Kitty and Angelique grapple.  Lady Hampshire's eyes widen insanely as she tries to throttle Ang. Edward finally succeeds in pulling Kitty off Angelique.  Kitty faints in his arms. I'm all right, Angelique assures Edward. Kitty comes around, but doesn't remember anything but being in the woods and being frightened--someone was watching me!  You accused Angelique of watching you, says Quentin. I was introducing you to Angelique, says Edward, and you tried to strangle her. This stuns Kitty--I can't believe it or understand it!  Did I hurt you? she asks Ang.  The latter, giving Kitty the evil eye and a frown, assures her--you didn't.
I couldn't have been myself, says Kitty--I don't know what I was thinking--please, please forgive me. A night like this can cast all kinds of spells on people, says Ang, not entirely accepting this explanation. Kitty gives her a funny, twisty-mouth grimace, and says, Edward, I want to go to my room. I'll go with you; he says, you're as pale as if you've seen a ghost. He escorts her upstairs. We can go into the drawing room and discuss our wedding day, says Angelique.  Quentin stands looking upstairs for a few moments; she has to call his name twice. I think I know why she did that, says Q--the hate I feel for you was somehow transferred to her mind, and she hated you enough to kill you.  Interesting theory, says Ang, but you'll come to know sooner or later that the reason that woman attacked me has nothing to do with either of us. (Josette flashback?) Let's go into the drawing room, she says--may I have a brandy?  He tucks his hands in his pockets, unwilling to comply.  "Please," she says--after all, I'm still a little shaken from my close encounter with death." To bad she didn't succeed, remarks Q, I'd be free. (LOL!)  Well, she didn't, says Ang, and you might as well face the fact you'll never be free--so learn to love your jailer. He hands her a drink. Just one more thing, she adds--the wedding--anytime this week will be fine. "A week from tonight, then," says Q. "That will put it off as long as possible." (Talk about a reluctant bridegroom!) She smiles over her brandy glass.

Ever since I came to Collinwood, I've been saying and doing things I don't understand, Kitty tells Edward. She presses a handkerchief to her mouth, suggesting, perhaps it would be best if I go away.  I have an explanation, says Edward--Gerald's death was such a shock, more than you realized--you kept your feelings in check, thus firing up your imagination. You think it's all in my mind? she asks. Yes, he responds. Forgive me if I've been difficult, she begs. Only if you forgive me, he says--I should have sensed when you asked me to walk with you that you needed me. You had the phone call to wait for, she says. No, he says, I was selfish, I wanted to go with you--I've always found it difficult to change my plans--but I shall change, I would so very much like to look after you, so please don't talk of going away!  Simpering, she says, I may take a good deal of looking after--and moves in close. Edward assures her, I will provide it. I have a feeling that what happened today is only the beginning of something, and I'm terribly frightened, something I hadn't even admitted to myself, and now I'm admitting it to you. She begins to cry, and tells him so. Go ahead, he urges, it's good for you--and takes her in his arms--it can be a relief from fear.  "Then you'll always protect me when I'm frightened, and have patience with my tears?" she asks. I will, he promises.  I'll be safe no matter what happens, she says. She kisses her fingertips, then presses them to his lips--good night, Edward--good night, my dear, dear friend. He bids her good night and leaves.  Kitty gets that pursed, twisty little grin that makes me want to slap her phony face.

Drawing room - We'll have an informal little ceremony, Angelique tells Quentin--a shame it must be so small, I'll be a beautiful bride. And I'll be a miserable, unhappy groom, snaps Quentin. Must you throw away your love on that nobody? she asks--there's so much I can do for you!  He turns away from her. Edward enters and reports, Lady Hampshire is a little better--she's a brave woman, much more to her than you would imagine. Angelique, grinning falsely, agrees yes, I'm sure there is--Edward, Quentin and I will be married at the end of the week. Edward congratulates them. Quentin walks away.  Edward asks Angelique, please leave me alone with Quentin. She goes.  Quentin asks--what's with the big brother tone this time?  I don't like the way you treat your fiancee, says Edward, or your attitude about your marriage. "My attitude is my concern!" says Quentin angrily--"Not yours!" That girl has suffered enough because of this family, says Edward--I don't want her to suffer more--she was victimized by Barnabas Collins. So she was, agrees Quentin, but I'll treat my bride-to-be any way I damn well please--and I assure you, Edward, she understands. Quentin is about to leave, but Edward stops him--another matter--a little less personal, but concerns us both--I've been meaning to talk to you about it ever since Barnabas was killed--"You found Barnabas Collins in his coffin, and yet, despite knowing he was a vampire, that your brother Carl was killed because of him, despite all of that, you walked away, and let him live.
Why, Quentin? Why??"

Quentin gazes hard at Edward and admits, I didn't kill him. Why, knowing what he was? demands Edward--t was Charity Trask who killed him, not you--why? Maybe in the end, I was as human as my brother, says Quentin.  He takes a drink--remember, Edward, you had Barnabas locked up in the Old House cellar, and could have destroyed him--you had the gun and silver bullets, and could have ended it all right there!--so why did you wait for the dawn to do your work for you, and give him a chance to escape?--we have both faltered, says Q, and a mad child has finally done our work for us, so we should drop it.  You certainly can be convincing, says Edward--I remember your glib tongue as a boy, but I pride myself on being a good judge of character, and no matter what you say, I'll never trust you completely. Quentin laughs--I didn't think I'd ever laugh again, he says, and you caused me to do it. Edward doesn't know what he said that was humorous--enlighten me, Quentin. You just said that you are a good judge of character, Answers Q--well, if that lady upstairs is any indication of your approval of people, we are all in a great deal of trouble!  What do you hold against Lady Kitty? demands Edward. I wouldn't dream of telling you, says Q, that would be interfering in personal affairs...nope, I'll let you find out about HER all by yourself. And Quentin drinks.

10:30 - Kitty lies asleep, in the throes of a vivid dream.  She twists and turns under the covers, moaning as if in distress. She hears Angelique's voice calling her "mademoiselle." Angelique, laughing, is dressed as a maid. To Josette/Kitty, she says, I  told you that in our country, it's flirting with misfortune to ever let the bride see the bridegroom before the ceremony. "What did he say to that, Angelique" asks Kitty/Josette. "He assured me that he would never cause you misfortune, oh, no, not for the world, but he begged me to give you some tokens so you would not forget him." Angelique laughs.  Kitty/Josette protests--I would never forget him!
I told him that, says Ang.  Kitty/Josette asks to see the tokens. Ang holds up a bouquet--"Something for the nose and eyes." Then she gives her a book--"Something for the mind and heart." "Poems and Songs of Robert Burns," reads Kitty/Josette--"How did he know that was my favorite?"  She opens the book and reads, "My love is like the red, red rose that's newly sprung in June, my love is like the melody that's sweetly played in tune. And I will come again, my love, (I couldn't hear the last line no matter how loud I made the TV). It's beautiful!" Yes, agrees Angelique--everything's always so beautiful for the little mademoiselle, but be careful--too much good fortune can make the gods jealous of you! Jealous of you! Jealous of you!" She repeats it over and over as Kitty awakens, a fly buzzing around her face. Who was I? she wonders--where was I?--what was happening to me?--why was Angelique my servant? I don't understand, but I don't really need to--Edward says it's all in my mind. Kitty is relieved--until she looks over and spots the red and white bouquet sitting on her dresser, the same as in her dream--and under it, the same Browning book! It's not in my mind, she tells herself, it's happening, something is really happening!

NOTES: So, who is Kitty's secret admirer? Not Quentin, clearly, he sees through her ploy very easily, probably because of all his varied experience with so many women. Clues, more clues...Angelique was a bitch in Kitty's nightmare and is being a bitch in real life. Quentin hates her, how can her pride allow her to marry him?  (then again, it didn't stop her from wanting to remain married to Barnabas even after he discovered she was a witch.)  Kitty is a laugh-riot with her fakery and false flirtation with Edward. Money, power and security are her main desires, but why pursue Edward--because she knows it's like shooting fish in a barrel? He's already so smitten. And what report did he get about Judith from the doctor? Loved Quentin and Edward's discussion about why they couldn't bring themselves to kill Barnabas. Guess they needed a non-family member to do that nasty deed, hmm?


853 - A morose Quentin drinks and listens to his music in the drawing room. Kitty, fully-dressed and highly agitated, enters in and interrogates him all about his fiancee--is she French? No, he says. (We accidentally see Lara Parker in the background.) She must be, frets Kitty, how long has she been here? Six months, and she came to see me, says Q. From where?--I'm sure I knew her in England, says Kitty, growing more and more upset--surely you can tell me that much. If he can't, interrupts Ang, I can--no, I've never been to England--does that satisfy you curiosity? Kitty apologizes for how absurd it must sound--but I am sure we have met before. Have we? asks Ang.  Were you ever a servant or personal maid? queries Kitty. I'd have been a poor one, says Ang, since servitude requires a temperament I don't possess (she seems pretty insulted, too). Coldly, Angelique asks Quentin--assure Lady Hampshire you aren't marrying below your status (ooh, bad flashbacks to her marriage to Barnabas, and Joshua's disapproval). Kitty knows that, Quentin tells his fiancee.  I didn't mean to be insulting, snaps Kitty, and stalks from the room. You could have been a little kinder, says Quentin. "She reminds me of someone I loathe," replies Ang nastily. Well, why didn't you tell her? he asks. "My charming Quentin--I wonder how much longer I'll put up with these moods of yours?" asks Angie. Stop anytime you like, invites Quentin. She caresses his shoulder.  He moves away.  I'll only wait so long for you to change, she warns. And if I don't, what are you going to do? asks Q  Change you myself, she threatens--I'm going to the village.  Where are you going? he asks.  I'll let you wonder why, she says archly. He gazes hatefully after her.

Kitty, holding the red and white bouquet she found on her night table, tells Edward--it's almost as if a ghost left the flowers. "Kitty," he chastises gently. Don't look at me that way, I'm not mad, she says. I know it very well, he assures her. Then who came into he bedroom while I was asleep?  she wonders. Jamison, suggests Edward. He's hardly paid any attention to me, she protests. That's how boys his age are, says--they develop the most astonishing crushes--I know if you had come into my life when I was Jamison's age, I would have thought the flower bouquet huge, and as for the book, it wouldn't have been Burns--Donne more likely--funny, I didn't know we had a copy of Burns in this house (he opens it to the first page)--no, the Old House, must have come from the library there. Who lives in the Old House? she asks. No one, he says icily. Since Barnabas Collins, she states. Jamison often plays there, says Edward--I'm sure that's the explanation--I'll talk to him, see he doesn't trouble you anymore, before I go to sleep--you'll be all right, he assures her. Kitty holds the book to her lips. "Barnabas," she murmurs. "Barnabas..."

Quentin paces the drawing room, probably pondering his miserable life. Amanda, where are you? he asks aloud. He is about to pour another drink when he spots Kitty, staring at the portrait of Barnabas, which is back on the wall. "His eyes want to see again," she murmurs.  Edward enters, puzzled by what's happening. "He wants to come home," says Kitty. "The portrait," says Q. Where did she get it? demands Edward. Kitty, crazed, says, I won't let you harm him! Edward pulls her into his arms--you must come to her senses! He insists. Wildly, she struggles--don't touch me! "Let his eyes tell me what to do!" she begs. No, cries Edward. She calls him Joshua and runs out of the house, Edward in pursuit.

We see Jeremiah Collins' grave. Kitty is kneeling beside it, muttering, "My husband, I didn't want you to die, even though I love him, I didn't want you to die, Jeremiah. Angelique made us marry, she used her black arts." Kitty bursts into tears. Edward kneels behind her, hands on her shoulders. Don't hate me, Joshua, she begs, sobbing. I'm not Joshua, and I don't hate you, insists Edward. You can't take me from my husband's grave, wails Kitty. "Gerald isn't buried here!" blares Edward--"This is the grave of Jeremiah Collins! He died over a hundred years ago, you were not married to him, he was married to a woman named Josette." "Barnabas," says Kitty.  Never say that name again, he demands.
Don't blame me, she cries--he is not to blame, don't blame him!  "Kitty!" shouts Edward, shaking her. Don't call me that! she pleads.  She rises and runs from him as he looks after her, perplexed.

Rectory - Angelique hands Julia a packet.  Thank you very much, says Julia, tucking it into her doctor's bag. Is everything all right? queries Ang--and when will you need more? Tomorrow, says Julia, if you could possibly bring it earlier. All right, agrees Ang. "It's curious, meeting you," says Julia, smiling, "even liking you."
Ang grins--after all you've heard. "All of it true, I'm sure," says Julia, then quickly adds, "that wasn't very tactful, was it?" No, agrees Ang, but I'm sure everything Barnabas told you was the truth--but there was one truth he couldn't accept--that I sincerely, honestly loved him. As you love Quentin now? asks Julia (probably praying it's true, because she doesn't want Ang still loving Barnabas). As I will love Quentin when he lets me, corrects Ang. Be very careful, warns Julia, Petofi is planning something that involves Quentin--watch him and do everything you can to protect him. I'll try, promises Angelique--but that hand...it frightens even me--I've never admitted that before, even to myself, and will deny it again tomorrow, but it does, Julia, it does! Julia nods in agreement. I must return to Collinwood, says Angelique--it wouldn't do to arouse suspicion. Julia looks thoughtful.

Kitty, in the woods, calls to Barnabas. Hearing a sound, she asks, is that you, Barnabas?  It's actually Quentin, who tries to subdue her as she insists, I must go to Barnabas, he's in danger. And she runs from him, Quentin chasing after her. (Lots of Collins men chasing Kitty, because the sounds she heard were undoubtedly from another Collins male.)

Angelique returns to Collinwood and runs right into Petofi, who calls her "the most charming woman at Collinwood." (Who else is left?) What do you want here? she asks. To see Quentin, he replies--I've already been told he isn't in, but I want to wait. What do you want him for? asks Ang. "You're incredibly direct," he says, "for a moment I thought I was talking to Julia Hoffman." Well you're not, she says--you're talking to the woman who is marrying Quentin. Are you asking me for my blessing? he asks. No, says Ang, no need for that--and there won't be--you have the hand, and I also have a gift of my own--I can summon up strange and horrifying spirits--how would you like to be walking through the woods one night and suddenly, in your path, there's a bolt of lightning--and there stands Johnny Romano, his sword held high? Petofi looks unhappy.
You wouldn't risk that meeting, would you? she asks, and walks past him, upstairs, as he looks after her, then, protectively, at his hand.

Kitty bursts into the rectory--Barnabas! she calls.  Quentin is on her heels.  "You are here, I feel it," says Kitty, "but where are you, my darling, where? Yes, my darling, I'm coming, I'm coming..." She drifts across the room, smiling radiantly.  Quentin, brow furrowed, wonders what the hell is going on.

Josette's tune begins to play. "You are coming to me," says Kitty, walking toward a door and opening it.  Julia is there.  What are you doing here? demands the doctor. "What are you doing to Barnabas, why do you keep him locked up in there!" asks Kitty--"Let me see him!" She and Julia grapple as she tries to get past her. "Barnabas is dead!" says Julia.  Quentin watches and listens closely. No, says Kitty, he isn't dead, you won't let me see him! Julia begs for Quentin's help. Coming out of her Josette trance now, Kitty says, "Quentin?" He comes over to her. Let me go, she says, heading for the door. Go after her! commands Julia, you must. No, says Q--"Julia, I know why you stayed in our time--I just found out--Barnabas isn't dead, is he?" You know he is, says Julia. No, I don't, says Q--I believed Kitty--I don't know why, but I did.  Because you want to, that's why, says Julia, you saw Barnabas in his coffin, everyone told you they saw the stake in his heart--go to the cave and see for yourself. Edward had the cave re-sealed, he reminds her.  And Barnabas' body is there, he's dead, she says--I don't believe it, either, but I must, and so must you.

In her room, Kitty tells Edward--whatever is happening to me must stop.  It will, he promises, with rest, and love. Will love cure me? she asks. I'm sure it will, he says gently. I don't think I could live through this without you, she says, taking his head between her hands. She drops them and asks, did Jamison leave me the nosegay? Yes, he did, says Edward. No, he did not, she says, but thank you for the kind lie. We will find who left it, I know it, Edward assures her.

Collinwood drawing room - We see Petofi's hideous hand; he holds it up to his mouth as if to kiss it. When Quentin pours a drink, he asks him, are there no other forms of relaxation available? Not for me, says Quentin. I'll teach you some, offers Petofi.  I'm too tired and confused, says Quentin--please leave me alone. Putting on a lamp, Petofi remarks, you're becoming as inhospitable as Charles Tate. Don't mention that name, says Quentin. Love has made you bitter, says Petofi. Leave me alone, repeats Quentin.  I'll do better, says Petofi--I'll calm you.  Don't count on it, says Quentin, settling in a chair. Years ago, I learned a fascinating trick, says Petofi, in the Middle East--takes away your cares completely. You can show me if you leave afterwards, says Q. Happily, says Petofi, showing him his amazing hand--what it can accomplish--you've seen my ring before?  I never noticed it before, says Q. It comes from the Middle East, too, explains Petofi, and there's a legend attached--when you wear it, you make yourself available to begin a new life--such a charming fantasy. He rubs Quentin's temples--would you like a new life? Quentin?  Yes, answers Q.
Who wouldn't? asks Petofi, rubbing, even I...even I--would you like to be as you are now in your new life? he asks.  Never...never responds Quentin. Petofi continues to rub his temples, urging him, sleep...sleep. He releases Quentin's head.  The big guy falls asleep. Petofi whispers something in his ear, then looks at him, smiling. Quentin awakens, saying, "a new life." You may awake anytime now, Quentin, says Petofi and, smiling, he leaves.  Quentin opens his eyes. "Petofi?" he asks. He finds Petofi's ring on his right hand and stares at it, startled. When you wear it, you make yourself available to begin a new life. . .would you like a new life, Quentin? "Not with you," says Q, trying to take off the ring, but he can't--it's stuck fast to his finger. He struggles to remove it.

NOTES: That last scene was cool between Q and P. What did he do to him, and why did he leave him with his ring? We wonder. Lady Kitty is losing it, turning into Josette and back again. How can she romance Edward successfully with all this going on? Yet he seems utterly smitten by her helplessness and problems. Lovely scene between Angelique and Julia. They're helping each other, isn't it weird, and yet they have banded together against a common enemy--to help a man they both love.  Who would have believed it would ever come to pass?

Has Kitty been dating Barnabas?  Sounds like it, doesn't it?  Sounds like she knows something a lot of other people don't yet suspect.

Love, Robin

198
850 - Quentin tells Amanda we're leaving in an hour and 15 minutes--I haven't even packed, have you? I have, she says, and turns away.
Don't do that, he urges, dropping gentle hands on her shoulders.  Don't touch me, she says. Of course I'm going to touch you, he promises. Well, she says, I have something to say to you that I can't with your arms around me--I've spent so much time wondering how you can feel about me the way you do, not knowing about myself, fearing Charles is right. It was coincidence that he painted the portrait two years ago, insists Quentin. You don't know what will happen, how different your life will be, Amanda reminds him--one day you might blame me for the change, and think Charles was right--maybe I'm not human.  Never, Q assures her. Easy for you to say, please think, for both our sakes, she begs. I have! He says.  Go to Collinwood, think carefully, examine everything, she pleads. I'll be at the train station, don't worry, he says. If you aren't, says Amanda, I'll get on the train and part of me will understand why you couldn't come--it will mean the end for us, but perhaps that would be easiest. I love you, he assures her--nothing will keep me from the train station--nothing! He makes her smile, then kisses her smiling mouth.

Trask comes downstairs as Quentin, whistling, enters the house. Trask immediately accuses him of "knowing something about this."  Quentin says, I take pride in knowing something about everything.  What did you do with Amanda? Trask demands--I knew you'd try something like this!--her clothes are gone, there's no sign of her! So I'm the villain, muses Quentin--have you considered she went to Tate? You are trying to confuse the issue, says Trask. Merely offering a suggestion, says Q. I'm no fool, says Trask--I can see through your arrogance and deviousness--where is Amanda?  When you find me, says Quentin, you'll tell me--I'm going to my room--am I allowed? Trask isn't satisfied with his answers. Too bad, says Q. When I have proof of your perfidy, warns Trask, I'll make your life miserable. "You make my life miserable just by existing," shoots back Quentin through gritted teeth. I see through you! shouts Trask, and don't forget it!--I know you're the source of evil in this house, and I will find Amanda Harris and rescue her from your evil--you will see, Quentin!  The latter walks upstairs, laughing at Trask.

In his studio, Tate gazes at Quentin's portrait, thrilled that he now controls Quentin--if I burn this portrait, Quentin would become the animal at the next full moon! This idea fills him with glee. Tate hides the painting on his easel, wondering what Q will do when he finds it missing.

Quentin has returned to his room and is packing his clothing. Nora comes in and asks,  why is Jamison mad at you?--I told him our uncle would take us to the fair in Collinsport tonight. Quentin looks uncomfortable.  Jamison said he wouldn't go even if you did take us, says Nora--are you going away? Yes, he says, but not for very long, I hope.  Kneeling, he says--promise not to tell anyone here I'm going to leave--there are certain people in this house I don't want to know I'm leaving. Nora promises not to tell a soul. Quentin thanks her. I'll miss you, she says sadly.  I'll miss you, too, he says, and asks for another favor--tell Jamison that I love him very much, and try to make him understand. It will be very hard, says Nora--he's really angry at you for marrying Angelique--he doesn't even want to hear your name--you don't fold your socks the right way, adds Nora--you aren't a neat packer. He ruefully admits to having a lot of faults. You can close my bag, he says, and goes over to uncover the painting--I'm taking it, he says, because it's something I must do. All he finds is an empty frame.  I don't know what happened to it, he says, dismayed.  Nora wonders who would take his painting. I must get it back, insists Quentin, anxious--I can't leave without it.  I don't understand grownups, says Nora. Quentin gets paper and a pen, and asks Nora to be quiet for a few moments. He quickly writes to Amanda, explaining something has happened--I might not be able to leave on the six o'clock train--wait for me--I love you. Take my letter to the rectory, he instructs Nora--you know where it is--give it to Amanda and no one else--she'll be there until quarter to six--you aren't to stop on the way--go straight there and don't show it to anyone else. I can handle it, she assures her uncle--will you be here?  No, he says, I must do something else--go on, hurry! He gazes at the empty frame and figures it's either Petofi or Tate.

5:25 - Nora creeps downstairs only to be stopped by Trask. He demands to know where she's going in the storm--and insists on the truth. I'm going to find Jamison, she says. I thought he was in his room, says Trask--I told him to wait there all evening.  He had to go out, says Nora--he left something in the garden and I must go get it for him. You told me Jamison was already out there, Trask says.  She raises her arms in a gesture of annoyance--you've got me so confused! She complains.  Are you lying? He asks--you act as if you are. I'm not, she insists, and leaves the house, Trask calling after her.

Quentin barges into Tate's studio--I want my picture!  I don't know what you want, says Tate. You stole the one you painted, accuses Quentin. I can't imagine why you'd think I stole that, says Tate--I don't even like it, personally. That portrait has strange powers, you've seen it change, says Q, and you stole it because you hate me. You shouldn't flatter yourself, advises Tate.
I checked with Petofi; says Q, he doesn't have it, so you must. Do you trust Petofi? Asks Tate.  I do, answers Quentin. You're naive, says Tate.  No, says Q, you took it--and because of Amanda--if you have that portrait, you can control me--give it back! Tate denies knowing which portrait.  Quentin starts to look for himself. Stop, Tate orders.  Stop me, counters Quentin. They get into a fight, grappling, and it goes along pretty violently, the two men battling all over the room. Finally, Quentin cracks a bottle over Tate's head, leaving him unconscious on the floor.  Ignoring him, Quentin continues to look for his portrait.

Just as Nora arrives at the rectory, Trask catches up to her, dropping his hand to her shoulder.  I knew you were lying about going to the garden, he says--you have lied to me, and that grieves me very much--Jamison is in his room, I went to see him. Who lives in that house? he demands. I don't know, says Nora. Then what are you doing here? he asks--what's that in your hand? Please, Reverend Trask, she begs. You lie so easily, he says--we will correct that in time. He demands the envelope.  Nora refuses to give it up. You're an evil child, says Trask, we both know it, and you will pay for it. He grabs the note from her.  She tries to run, but he warns, you are to stay here while I read what is in the letter! He opens it and reads...

5:40 PM - Amanda looks at the clock and starts to put on her jacket.  She answers a knock at the door--Trask.   Don't bother coming in, she says. I do my duty as I see fit, he insists.  He notices her suitcase and realizes she is leaving. You cannot allow your life to end like this, he says. My life here has already ended, says Amanda--I'm sorry. . .no, I'm not--I promised to be honest with myself from now on. You've always been honest with me, he says. No, I haven't, she says. Don't tell me that I do not recognize honesty when I hear it, he says--you were lost and you saw the light. Yes, I was lost, but not the way you thought, she says. Now you are tempted again, he says. No, she says, and don't call me your dear child. You cannot commit this sin, says Trask. It's not a sin, she insists. You don't know, he says. YOU do not, she throws back. You are running away with Quentin, he says. She turns, surprised. Do not deny it, says Trask. I won't, says Amanda. When you first came to me, he says, you were in the depths of despondency because of a man--surely you can see Quentin is no better?--I have seen what effect Q has on women. Understand me, she says, I came to you with a lie, a trick, I wanted you to fall in love with me--it was cheap, contemptible, and I hated myself--but I saw the way you looked at me and thought, he deserves it! (Go, girl!)--whatever he gets, he deserves! I looked at you with acceptance, forgiveness! he insists. She laughs--you're a hypocrite, and I haven't time to listen to your lies! MY LIES?! he cries. You live them! she says. I live to help others! he yells--I want to save you from misery and sin!--don't you realize the path down which Quentin will lead you--do you believe what he's told you? Yes, she says, I do. Do you know where he is? asks Trask.  Yes, he's leaving Collinwood to meet me, she replies. Oh, indeed, says Trask, is he bringing Angelique with him?--when I left Collinwood, they were together in the drawing room--laughing!--were they laughing about you? he asks. I don't believe it, she says. I overheard them making their plans for the evening, says Trask.  Not true, says Amanda.  The carriage was waiting outside, says Trask. "To pick him up at the station," says Amanda. No, says Trask, no, to take them to the Inn, where they are having dinner tonight!--I'm not telling you this because I enjoy it (yeah, right!)--you have hurt me, but I won't be guilty of trying to repay in kind--surely you must face the fact that Quentin is incapable of compassion or morality! He forces her to face him and says, you must never speak to Quentin again. "Get out!" she orders. My dear, he says, you must control yourself, I am your only friend.
I never want to see you again! she screams at him--"Get out!" Trask looks stunned.

Quentin has failed to find his portrait. Tate lies, still unconscious, on the floor. Quentin nervously checks the clock. Time is running out!

Quentin arrives at the rectory, but Amanda is no longer there. Nora is, and fearfully says, Trask took your note from me.
Both Nora and Quentin are miserable. I must get to the station, says Quentin, departing hastily.  He leaves Nora alone there, looking as if she's going to cry.

At the train station, Amanda waits. The conductor tells her that her train is about to leave--if she's going, she had better go. Amanda looks from him to the train, not knowing what to do. Has Quentin changed his mind?

NOTES: Trask is such a total sleaze, the man should be shot, hung and dismembered, in no particular order. Amanda doesn't have much self-confidence, even if Tate, Tim, Quentin and Trask are all in love with her, so she's willing to believe Trask's lies. Trask treated Nora horribly, but the little girl is brave for sticking around to tell her uncle what happened to his note. Everyone wants to throw roadblocks into Amanda and Quentin's path to happiness, which is what Tate did by stealing the painting. If he can't have Amanda, no one will, especially Quentin. Fight scene was pretty cool, although it looked like some things didn't go quite the way they were supposed to. Frankly, the Tate/Amanda/Quentin/Trask quadrangle kind of bores me.


851 - Train station - Quentin sees Amanda has waited for him, and is thrilled. He turns the woman around to face him, only to find it isn't Amanda, but a woman who resembles her, from behind at least. The train for NY has left, she tells him, I just got off it. I made a mistake, he says, stricken, clearly disappointed--a terrible mistake.

Tate is lying on the floor amidst the shambles of his studio when someone knocks, but he returns to consciousness.  It's Petofi, who wants to speak to him.  Charles rights a chair, then opens the door. Quentin didn't lose much time, says Petofi--the portrait--did he get it? Tate pretends ignorance.  Where is Quentin's portrait? Petofi demands--the one you stole from his room. Why do you say I stole it? asks Tate.
I don't know or care why, says Petofi, I just want it back--your action was incredibly rash and idiotic--Intend to punish you for stealing it--don't make it worse. Tate hands the portrait over to Petofi. None the worse for its adventures, remarks Petofi--it would have been unfortunate if it had sustained damage--I don't mind theft, but I do mind stupidity--I have plans for Quentin, and I won't allow them to be ruined. You didn't mind interfering with my plans, complains Tate. What do you mean? asks Petofi.  I asked Amanda to marry me, says Tate. And what did she say? asks the Count. She might have said yes if he'd given her a little time, complains Charles--he just stole her away. Very romantic, says Petofi. It won't be, insists Tate, not after she spends a little time with him. So the fair Amanda is planning to run away with Quentin? says Petofi. Yes, on the six o'clock train, says Charles. How did you think stealing the portrait would prevent that romantic adventure? asks Petofi. I'm not sure, says Charles.  You're being evasive, accuses Petofi.  I was confused, Tate admits. The portrait is mine and I intend to keep it, says Petofi. You found your ideal in Amanda, youe lost her, but you have a stable mind (?), and I understand and almost forgive you this aberration--this was the only time you ever deceived me, right? asks Petofi.  Yes, Charles assures him. Then we know where we stand, asserts Petofi--Quentin has Amanda, I have the portrait, and you have all the pictures you painted of her--I want to confess something I've never told anyone--I have an ideal, a face I see as I drift off to sleep, a beautiful woman who haunts my dreams--tall, with raven hair and eyes like a cat--could you draw this woman for a lonely friend? It's something you see in your mind, says Tate, I can't put it on paper. Try, demands Petofi, do try, just a quick sketch will do--draw a woman with black hair and eyes like a cat--Is there some reason you don't want to do it? asks Petofi, noticing his hesitation. I don't want to disappoint you, says Tate. I'd only be disappointed that you're hesitating to do as I ask, says Petofi. It's hard to look into another person's mind, says Tate. Look into your own, then, suggests Petofi, create someone from your own imagination--do as I say and let's see what happens. Tate refuses--I'm afraid. Of disappointing me, or something else? asks Petofi. No, nothing, says Tate, I'll try. He quickly draws on the sketch pad. Excellent, says Petofi, one more stroke and she'll be finished (dirty mind central?) "She's so beautiful, and so real, I can't believe she isn't in the room," says Petofi. Charles turns to him--NO, she's not here! he insists.  What's the matter? Asks Petofi.  Charles, seeing nothing, smiles, relieved. I'm sorry I forced you to draw my ideal woman, says Petofi. I thought you might be disappointed, that's all, says Charles. Smiling, Petofi reminds him, I ALMOST forgave you for stealing Quentin's portrait, and I almost did--but not quite--because you were arrogant, and must learn painful humility...goodbye, Charles--I am sorry for your loss. Wait, says Tate--but Petofi is gone. Tate looks at the drawing he just did, and begins to sketch another. The pencil slips from his hand. No, he couldn't have...it's true!--I can't sketch at all, not a single line!

Quentin answers a knock at the door--Tim, bearing a note from Amanda.  Everything in my life has been unreal until now, she writes--I've found reality and it changed completely. Reality, hell, she found a new man, says Tim. Be quiet, orders Q. I returned you brooch, continues Amanda--give it to your next companion, I have no use for it. What does she think she'll gain with you? asks Tim, it won't be diamonds. He closes his hand over the brooch. She doesn't want diamonds, says Q. Doesn't she? asks Tim, you have much to learn about Amanda. Teach me, says Q. What does that mean? asks Tim.  Tell me everything you know about her, says Q, where you met her, who she knows in NY and where she might go if she left here. I'm not talking to you, insists Tim, I'm here to see Amanda. You can't, she's gone! Says Q.  Without you, Quentin? asks Tim nastily--oh, she up and left without her Quentin, that's the best news I've heard in a long time! She left without me, says Q, but I'm going to find her, and you will help me. The only future she has with you is death! spits Tim. He tries to leave, but Q grabs him around the throat--you're going to tell me all about Amanda, or you won't get out of this house alive, threatens Quentin, applying a little pressure to Tim's throat.

Start talking, Quentin commands Tim, who, under such duress, agrees to speak.  Quentin tosses him across the room, nearly causing Tim to take the wobbly banister with him. We met in New York, Tim explains--I don't know much about her, she stayed at the Hotel Holbrook, never received messages or mail, or visitors--no outstanding habits or generalities--you will have a difficult time finding her--if you love her, leave her alone, demands Tim, I won't let you destroy her.
The two of them get into it, fighting, which ends when Quentin literally tosses Tim out on his ass. From the top of the steps, Angelique asks, why were you so rough on Tim Shaw? He was interfering with some of my plans, replies Q. What plans? asks Ang.  They wouldn't interest you, he says. All your plans interest me, says Angie, smiling--especially your marriage plans. I have none, he says. I know, she says, isn't it time you did? No rush, he says.  Sensing his reluctance, she asks--when are we to be married--you can choose the date. When I return from Boston, he says, I have business there.  That's why I was arguing with Tim--he gave me some info I don't trust--I want to go check it out. That's not like you, says Ang, to be so interested in business. I've seen Tim's success and am sorry I haven't made more of my life, says Q. Oh, she says, I don't know if I like the new, serious Quentin, but will marry you anyway--when? Complications may keep me in Boston longer than I expect, he says--I don't want to choose a date and miss the wedding. I wouldn't like that, either, agrees Ang. Well, I've gotta pack now, he says. She offers to help.  I can do without you, he unwisely replies. Perhaps you can, but don't decide to try, she advises. He runs upstairs. She's disturbed. She answers the door to Petofi, who wants to see Quentin--I'm glad he's still here. Did you know he was going away? asks Ang. Did YOU? counters Petofi.
He just told me, she says. Where is he going? asks Petofi.  To Boston, she says. Do I detect distrust in your voice? asks Petofi--you're very beautiful, and I've admired you a long time--it's unbelievable to me any man should prefer another woman over you. Ang is startled--what are you talking about?  I think my conversation tonight should be with you, not Quentin, says Petofi. I'm not sure I'm interested, says Ang.  I think you will be, says Petofi--you see, we have a common cause, at last!

Quentin comes downstairs, suitcase in hand. Petofi meets him in the foyer--I heard you were going to New York with Amanda Harris. I'm going, insists Q, and you can't stop me. Why should I? asks Petofi, she's a very lovely girl--you think my plans for you depend on your staying here, but distance is no impediment to me--wherever you are, I will be with you, says Petofi--come, catch your train, find your fair lady, wherever she may be. And he ushers Quentin out, laughing wildly.

Tim keeps staring at Amanda's note and brooch. Petofi comes to see him--I saw Tate, he says, and found out quite a few things--I learned that your pretty companion has fallen in love with Quentin, he says, putting a comforting hand on Tim's shoulder--they plan to go away together. Petofi reads Amanda's farewell note. What happened at Tate's studio? Asks Tim. Curious how Amanda seeks a reality, comments Tate. Did Charles draw a person for you? asks Tim.  Yes, he did, says Petofi, admiring the brooch. Amanda likes surprises, says Tim--one day Quentin will give Amanda the last surprise of her life. You're really concerned, observes Petofi, so I'll put the situation to rights, do what must be done. "I want her back," says Tim. I said I would do what must be done, says Petofi--that will have to content you for now--since you've been so patient, I'll tell you what happened at my meeting with Charles--nothing--I tested him and he failed miserably--he drew a lovely woman but she failed to meet the "dimension" of Amanda Harris, he laughs. Tim, stunned, insists, I saw a man come to life! You saw what you wanted to see, says Petofi--a curious phenomenon--hungry men dream of food, when a man has been hungry long enough, he imagines he sees food even when awake--you have dreamt of wealth and power for a long, long time. Do you think I just imagined this? asks Tim, frustrated and pissed. Petofi comforts him--what else am I to think?--don't be bitter, there are still ways we can be of use to one another. He bids Tim good night.  Shaw sits down, Amanda's note in front of him--but the brooch is gone!

Quentin stands at the station, holding his cape together at his throat against the cold. The train pulls in.  He suddenly feels Angelique grab his shoulder. That's the train to New York, she says--you told me you were going to Boston. I changed my mind, says Quentin. You're going to New York to find Amanda, she says. What do you know about her? asks Quentin.  That you think you're in love with her, says Ang. I know I am, insists Quentin.  It's a bit inconvenient, considering we are getting married, points out Angelique. I tried to care, he says, and would have gone through with our bargain, if I hadn't met Amanda, but the way I feel now. . .it only happens to a man once in a lifetime. Don't bore me with this nonsense, orders Angelique--there isn't time!  You're right, he says, I have a train to catch. I warn you not to, she says. Are you threatening me? he asks--what will you do, kill me?--go right ahead--at least I'll die walking away from you!  (ooh, Barnabas never came up with a diss that good!)  I won't hurt you, she promises, but...  He realizes what she's implying and his grow large when he notices she has Amanda's brooch.
"But Miss Harris will not be quite so fortunate," says Angelique, taking out a clay doll. She holds the pin of the brooch over the clay figure-- wherever Amanda is, when I pierce the doll with my brooch, she will die, horribly, and painfully. You wouldn't do that, says Quentin, licking his lips nervously. Angelique looks up at him--you'll make me do it if you get on that train--you decide, Quentin, will Amanda Harris live...or die?

NOTES: Ang up to her old tricks--this time she's threatening a Collins male's beloved girlfriend instead of his sister, but it's still typical Angelique, having to force a man to say "I do."

Petofi is a nasty bastard, taking away poor Tate's painting power completely. He really doesn't believe in minor punishment, does he? Brrr, that man is cold, reminds me of Goldfinger. And what's even scarier, it appears Petofi and Angelique are in cohoots, since he must have given her Amanda's brooch in the first place.  That's one pairing that bodes ill for everyone, especially the Collins family!

Petofi has a new plan in mind.  I wonder what it is?

Love, Robin

199
848 - In his I-Ching trance, Tim watches Quentin throttle Amanda. "No, you can't kill her!" he shouts, eyes bulging.

Amanda paces what must be her bedroom at Collinwood. Tim barges in, grateful she's there. What are you doing HERE? she demands. I'll explain later, after I get you back to the Inn--get your clothes together and let's go-you're in danger here, if I'd known this, I never would have let you go. What kind of danger? she demands. Someone at Collinwood is planning to kill you, reveals Tim--Quentin Collins. She laughs at this insane idea. Trust me, cautions Tim, I know what I'm talking about--I don't really know Quentin, but I know enough to know he's a danger to you, and what he plans for you. Quentin is the most warm, sensitive, gentle man, says Amanda. You seem to have grown to know Quentin since you've been here, remarks Tim-how well, Amanda? he demands. That's none of your business, she says. I have a right to know, since I'm paying the bills, says Tim--come on, I want an answer. Stop footing the bill anytime you want, she cries. He admits to being a little rash--it's just that I care about you?you mean a great deal to me. All you want from me is someone you can use, she accuses. That isn't so, insists Tim, I really care for you!
Tell yourself that to ease your conscience, she says--be honest with yourself, Tim! You've really better leave, she says. Are you in love with him? asks Tim--answer me! Yes, she confesses, I am. Tim is not happy. That would seem to be an exercise in futility, he says-- does Quentin know that WE know, that you came onto this earth only two years ago? Be honest with YOURSELF, he advises, you have no right to love Quentin without telling him what you are, that you can disappear as suddenly as you appeared! Disappear? she asks. You don't know about that, says Tim, I saw it-the man Tate created out of a sketch, I saw him die, Amanda, would you like me to tell you how?--Tate shot him, he fell to the floor and disappeared, disintegrated into thin air!--know why it happened that way?--because he has no mortality, and neither do you!--no right to lead any other life except the one you're leading now! Amanda walks away from Tim, horribly upset at his brutal words.

Quentin paces the drawing room, looking out at the full moon. He overhears Tim insisting Amanda come into Collinsport with him, rushes to the doors and opens them. Leave me alone! demands Amanda and races into Quentin's arms, begging-get Tim out of here. What have you done to her? Quentin asks-I think you'd better go. I think you two deserve each other, says Tim, and leaves. Quentin helps Amanda into a chair and offers her brandy to calm her down. She refuses--I'll be all right in a minute. What did he say to you that upset you so much? he asks. I can't tell you, she says--try to understand and be patient. He didn't threaten you, did he? asks Q. No, he's just very possessive, she replies--he think because he brought me to Collinsport, I'm permanently obligated to him--why does my life seem to be so difficult? It wouldn't be, he assures her, taking he hand, if you'd go away with me. He goes to answer the door. It's Tate, here to see Amanda. You can't, says Quentin--she isn't up to seeing anyone at the moment. Amanda appears in the doorway. That doesn't seem to be the case, says Charles. It is the case, insists Q, she's had a trying experience this evening. Let the young lady speak for herself, says Tate. I'm getting tired of you bothering Amanda, says Quentin. Amanda, may I speak to you? asks Charles. You aren't welcome here, says Quentin. Amanda intervenes and asks Q not to fight with Tate-I'm too upset to talk to anyone, Charles--perhaps if you phone tomorrow, I'll talk to you then. She brushes past him, up the stairs. It's important that I speak with you, he begs, but she's gone. Are you satisfied? Quentin asks Tate. No, says Charles belligerently, I can't help but notice you have put Amanda under your protective wing-you're making a big mistake. Let me give you some advice, offers Quentin-leave Collinwood and leave Amanda alone. Amanda means more to me than she does to you or anyone else, says Charles. What does that mean? asks Quentin Amanda belongs to me, says Charles, because I created her!

Repeat that, orders Quentin. I created Amanda, says Charles. And how did you do this? asks Q. It's a gift, says Charles, one I don't understand, but I have the power to create things and people by just drawing them. So you drew Amanda Harris one day and she just popped into existence, huh? asks Q, amused. Yes, says Charles, that's exactly right. You're stark, raving mad, says Quentin. I suspected you'd say that, says Tate--but you'll believe me, eventually. I know you're a famous painter, says Q, and in great demand, but don't you think imagining yourself a god is going a bit too far? You're the very one who shouldn't doubt my abilities, says Tate, think of the powers of your own portrait. I'm not sure it has any powers, says Q. You know it does, insists Charles. I only know what Petofi told me, retorts Quentin. What Petofi told you is the truth, states Charles-the curse on you has been transferred to the portrait, and if anything happens to that portrait, you'll revert to what you were on the next full moon! Quentin thinks about that for a few moments--all right, it may be true about my portrait, he says, but Petofi was responsible for that, not you. I painted it, Charles reminds him, I did what Petofi wanted me to do, but my ability is right here in my hands-does it seem a bit more credible now? No, says Q, it's not the same at all-it's one thing to apply black magic to someone's portrait, it's quite another to paint someone and have them come to life! But I've done it, says Charles--and Amanda knows everything!
Quentin gets in Tate's face-if you come here and bother Amanda again, he warns, I'll have you certified a lunatic! And he leaves Tate in the drawing room.

Amanda sits on her bed, wondering what am I--where did I come from? If Charles didn't create me, why can't I remember my past? Will I have to go on like this, never knowing until one day I just disappear, like that man? Tate enters. I didn't want to talk to anyone! cries Amanda. I know what you wants, he says, but I can't wait until tomorrow! Haven't you caused me enough misery? she asks. I don't want to cause you any, you must believe that, he says, I want you to tell me what you feel about Quentin. Why? she asks--will it surprise you to learn that your creation has feelings even you can't control? How do you feel about Quentin? asks Charles. "I love him," she admits. No, he says, you can't! But I do, she says. It's impossible for both of them, he insists, because I told him about you, about how you came into being, what you are.
STOP IT! she cries, covering her ears. I'll stop it when you understand I love you. (so he wants to destroy her happiness, does that make sense?) Please, have mercy on me, she begs-- destroy me now the way you destroyed your last creation, please take me out of my misery! she sobs. Charles, miserable, doesn't have a clue what to do about this mess.

Tate sits beside Amanda on the bed. I don't want to destroy you, he says. I don't care, I can't go on living like this! wails Amanda. When I first started painting your portrait, I never dreamed any of this would happen, he says-I wanted to paint someone who reflected my own ideal of what a woman was, and I painted your face--I was motivated by something very beautiful, not trying to play God, but now that I know you exist, I love you! She walks away from him, clutching her stomach. Don't you understand? he continues, fate brought us together! You expect me to feel that way because fate meant it to be? she demands, her voice rising in fury. You'll feel the same way, someday, he says, realizing people don't have control over their feelings. And what of my feelings for Quentin? she asks. Someday, you'll forget you ever knew him, says Tate. You're wrong, she says, no matter what happens, I'll love him until the day I die-and all your power, conviction and conceit won't change that. You don't even know the man, protests Tate. I know I love him! she says. He's evil, says Tate--he'll leave you the way he left all the others. "Good night, Mr. Tate!" says Amanda sharply. Not goodbye, he says, "I'll be back, because Quentin is going to leave you, I assure you of that, just like he did all the others as soon as he understands I've told you the truth about him." And he goes. She reaches under her bed for her suitcase and begins packing her clothes. Quentin enters-was that Tate I just saw? He asks. Yes, she admits, it was. What are you doing? He asks. Leaving Collinwood, alone, she says. I know why, says Q, Tate told me everything?I didn't believe a word he said, and hope you don't, either. I don't know?says Amanda. Quentin touches her--listen to me!--even if it were true, it wouldn't change my feelings for you! But if it were true? she asks. But it's not true, he says. We'd always have doubts, insists Amanda. I wouldn't, Quentin assures her. Oh, but if you ever did, she says. I never will, he promises--will you go away with me now? They hold each other. Whenever you say, she replies. They kiss, very enthusiastically, leaving the infamous string of spit between their lips. (No open-mouthed kisses!--censors) They smile at each other. In the meantime, he says, you had better?there's a train leaving for NY at 6 PM tomorrow evening, and we will be on it-I'll take care of the arrangements. I think I should leave Collinwood first, says Amanda--I have Trask to worry about, and you have Angelique. We'd better not see each other for the next 24 hours, says Quentin, until everything is ready. She offers to go back to the Inn. No, I have a better place in mind, says Quentin-the old rectory--the woman there will put you up until you're ready to leave--I'll meet you at the station at quarter to six tomorrow night.
I'm so happy, she says, and they kiss again.

Tate sneaks into Quentin's room, closing the door behind him. He uncovers Quentin's portrait, staring at it. "Amanda Harris is mine, Quentin," he says to himself, "you can try to take her away from me, but you won't succeed, not without this portrait-if the portrait should be destroyed, you would be cursed again, Quentin! And if it becomes necessary, I will destroy it!" And he takes the painting out of the frame, and away with him?

NOTES: Tate has Quentin's portrait, which pretty much puts Q-man at the mercy of the nutty painter. Selby sure does love those kissing scenes, and puts plenty of enjoyment into them-and plenty of spit, too. I thought open-mouthed kisses were verboten back then? He sneaks 'em in!

Truthfully, I have little interest in Amanda, Tim or Charles, so these episodes don't impress me much. It was great seeing Julia, but I miss Magda, too.


849 - Kitty comes to visit Petofi at the abandoned mill. It's a pleasure to see you, he says. Curtly, she asks, do we have to pretend to like each other? Your beauty demands it, he says. What do you really see when you look at me? she asks, but doesn't give him a chance to answer--you consider someone you can play tricks on a fool, she says angrily, control through fear. You're obsessed with me, accuses Petofi. You sent poor, mad Charity Trask to see me-you coached her in what to say. I'm used to being blamed for everything, says Petofi, but in this case? She rehearsed her lesson well, says Kitty--she was most impressive when she began humming the music box song-I was actually frightened. Were you, asks Petofi. Her prophecy, death and destruction, rants Kitty, your favorite themes! Petofi smiles, he isn't alone in that. It was a stroke of genius, placing that music box in her room, blathers Kitty, knowing she would be curious enough to play it, and when she did, she'd hear the same song Charity had sung. Kitty takes the music box out of her reticule and tells him to present it to someone else-tell her it will cause her death, not hers. He can't force her from Collinwood-she knows his ways, she knows and she'll fight! (Love her spunk!) Petofi picks up and listens to the music box, nodding his head with satisfaction.

I have never seen the music box before, he says. Oh, I must be quite a challenge to you, she says,you can't play the same trick you did at Hampshire Hall on poor Gerald. You think a music box is a harbinger of doom? he asks. Yes, that's quite your style, he remarks. Exactly, she says. I'd hate to think someone is imitating me--who could it be? He tries to list the possibilities, but she stops him--admit you did it! she insists. I can't, he says, closing the music box--because I didn't--you have an admirer at Collinwood, does it surprise you? An admirer didn't send Charity to see me, says Kitty. Coincidence? suggests Petofi. I don't believe in that, she says. I have no explanation you will accept, says Petofi--believe me when I say I carry no grudge and hope you will get the money you deserve--I'd hate to see you reduced to your former place as a governess. If Edward sent it?he did not, Kitty insists. Not Trask, says Petofi, not bucolic enough for his taste. That leaves?Quentin, guesses Kitty. I'm glad you're beginning to believe me, says Petofi--Quentin, is he attracted to you?--we'll discuss this as we return to Collinwood, he says, picking up the music box--I'm fascinated by your admirer. He returns the music box to her. Kitty listens to the tune, seeing Barnabas' portrait in her mind's eye as she does so. Her brow furrows. Yes, says Petofi, it does mean something to you, quite different from what Charity says.
Yes, says Kitty in a childlike voice, but I don't understand it at all. She closes the music box.

Rectory - I'm not laughing at you, Quentin, when you confess to being in love with Amanda, saysJulia. I wouldn't ask if Amanda could stay here if I weren't, says Q. Julia looks unsure. Do you mind? he asks. No, she says, but you must leave here before Petofi acts, she begs--he knows, and we will leave as soon as he can make arrangements. I don't want to leave because of her, he says. I can take care of myself, Julia assures him. Why not try to return to your own time? he suggests. I can't leave until I finish what Barnabas started, she said. What must you do? he asks. I can't tell you, she says, things you don't need to know. Then I will stay, too, he insists. No, says Julia. You must deal with Petofi and Aristede, he reminds her. I haven't seen the latter since the night Barnabas saved me at the Old Mill, she says--and as for Petofi, we've established a truce. It won't last, says Q. It has more chance of lasting if you're gone, she says--take Amanda and go, and let me know where you are--I'll tell you when everything is settled here. Can't you tell me what's really happening here? he asks. No, she says, not now, Petofi won't always be the threat he is now--perhaps he'll simply disappear, as Aristede has--I'm not giving up, she promises.

Old Mill - Beth enters. She hears a sound and calls to Petofi, but as she begins to light candles, Aristede comes out of the back room. She's surprised to see him. What are you doing here? he asks--did his Excellency feel it necessary to replace me?--I'm back, he warns her--back for good!

At the front door of Collinwood, Petofi tells Kitty, I'll leave you here so we can keep up the delightful fiction of not knowing one another--good luck in finding out who sent the music box-don't rule out Quentin, he advises, he always has time to spare on any beautiful woman. She looks after his retreating back, angry, puzzled.

Quentin pours himself a drink in he drawing room. She holds up the music box--do I owe you thanks for it? she asks. He's shocked to see it--where did you get it? he demands. I hoped you could tell me, she says. I don't know, says Q. You've seen it before, she challenges him--where? I must be wrong, it can't be the same one, he says. Who did it belong to? she asks---it matters to me, a great deal. He reluctantly tells her it belonged to a relative who once lived at the Old House. Barnabas Collins? she asks. How do you know that name? he asks. I collect information, she says craftily, and remember what I hear--you wouldn't expect me to forget a vampire, would you?--I listen when people speak--now is there any reason I shouldn't know? No, not now, he says--Barnabas is dead. I think I saw him the first night I was here, says Kitty--I cannot believe he was a vampire. She opens the music box and asks, "If this was his, why was it given to me?"
I don't know, says Quentin. She looks haughty and disbelieving. She drops the lid, closing off the music.

Mill - Aristede waits for Petofi, who comes in calling for Beth. Aristede comes out--I sent her on an errand, he says. So, you came back, says P--where have you been?--to Boston for some new finery--let me see what you purchased! Aristede grins--I did buy something, he admits. He stands before the Count and displays a new cravat. Petofi calls it charming, then backhands Aristede across the face. Aristede holds his stinging cheek--don't be angry! he begs--I left because of Barnabas, who had vowed to kill me--when I heard he'd been destroyed, I came back, as you knew I would. Yes, I knew you would, agrees the Count, don't think I didn't prepare a special homecoming for you, because I did--"you bungling fool!"--what had I told you to do?--what was my last order? To kill Julia Hoffman, says Aristede. Did you do it? asks the Count. Yes! replies Aristede. Did you check to make sure she was dead? She had to be, insists Aristede--I didn't SEE her die, but I tied her in a chair, fixed up the gun to shoot her through the heart when Barnabas opened the door--it was a clever, brilliant plan, it had to have worked! Then why didn't it? asks Petofi. I heard Barnabas open the door, insists Aristede, heard the shot--she must be dead! Must she? demands Petofi. The gun was pointed directly at her-it couldn't have missed her! says Aristede. He takes Petofi into the other room and shows him the bullet hole in the chair--it had to have gone through her! Amazing, pronounces Petofi, and leaves. Let me come with you, cries Aristede, but Petofi is already gone. Aristede lights up a cheroot. Beth enters--Petofi rushed right past me, very upset, she says, what's wrong with him?--I've never seen him that way before. He's pleased with my success, boasts Aristede, glad to have me back, I can tell.

Julia prepares a hypo. Petofi knocks at the door. She pushes a cotton ball onto the needle, puts it in her case and asks, what do you want? I came to pay my respects, he says, to see how you're faring in our time--won't you let me in, my dear? (Big bad wolf, huffing and puffing?) She reluctantly lets him in--I have little time, she warns him. Pity, we have much to discuss, he says--I want to talk to you over some brandy. There's some brandy, she says, pointing. Your manner almost makes me want to decline, he remarks--I won't, the night air has brought on a chill. I don't drink with enemies, says Julia. Petofi pours her a glass, anyway--I come as a friend, he says. What do you want? asks Julia. We will discuss that when we've had our drinks, he says. He takes out a vial of something, probably poison, and slips it into her drink. I don't believe you came to me out of friendship, she says--we must be honest with each other. He slips poison into her drink. I believe in honesty, he says, I read some of the virtues of your time as I did your age. He hands her a drink. She takes it. Petofi toasts--to your enjoyment of 1897. She drinks. He smiles. She takes another swallow and asks, again, why did you come here?
To watch you die, he replies--there was cyanide in that brandy, enough to kill 10 women--will it kill you? he asks--that's what I came to see!

Do you feel any pain? asks Petofi. She rises from her chair. Petofi holds out a warning hand--no remedies!--is your throat burning yet?--unbearable pains?--it should have started, he says, I went to town to purchase that exact drug that would act instantly. I would like to act it out for you, she says, yes, I really would, I'd like to make you think I feel every pain the poison can cause, but I know you, know you'd wait for the very end. "You cannot die?" he demands--"Why?" I won't tell you, she says. He holds out the magic hand, forcing Julia to explain, my body exists only in 1969, it's sitting in a trance in a room there-- my astral self is here, and it cannot be killed--I don't understand it. That isn't necessary, says Petofi--it's enough to know it. He leaves. Julia is trembling. She picks up the brandy glass.

Aristede drinks, complimenting Beth on her cooking skills. "We might have a use for you," he remarks. I didn't come to cook, she insists. Why did you? he asks. I want more than I have, she says. Petofi comes downstairs--out, Aristede! Did he find Julia alive? asks Aristede. In a manner of speaking, yes, says Petofi, now get out. You're planning something, guesses Aristede. You can guess what it is as you walk through the woods, invites Petofi--good night, he bids him, holding out his hand as if to do something to him. Aristede goes. You've been a great help to me, Beth, praises Petofi. Do you want me to go through the I Ching again? she asks. No, he assures her, something far more interesting. Tell me now, she asks eagerly. If you had made it to the future the other night, he says, only your essence would have gone. Your astral self--your body--would have stayed in a trance, unable to defend itself, vulnerable to a gypsy with a knife--but your astral self in the future, no one could kill that. Charity killed Barnabas, Beth reminds him. Precisely, says Petofi, you're more intelligent than I thought, because the Barnabas who existed in 1969 was born in the 18th century, and in this year, 1897, his body was in the tomb--but Barnabas' astral self had a body to occupy, as he himself must have in 1969! You're mad! says Beth. If I am, he says, I'm very far-sighted--what I had intended for Quentin's portrait to accomplish has happened. He goes into his cupboard and orders her--look in it-forget me and what we were discussing--look, concentrate on the future and tell me what you see, he demands.
She does; the cupboard becomes a TV set again. We see modern-day Collinwood, which Beth calls so different--strange lights, not at all like our lamps, and the furniture is changed. Quentin is in the room, dressed oddly. He's in another time, says Petofi, what is he doing? He's very angry, says Beth, he has a weird gun in his hand, he's going to kill someone! It can't be, cries Beth--Quentin isn't in another time--he's here, but he looks the same, no older. She's upset. You will not remember anything, says Petofi, not even my coming into the room. He waves his hand before her face. She turns and asks, when did you come in? A few moments ago, he says, and I have wonderful news--I know now how I'll go to the future!

NOTES: Aristede is pathetic, a blowhard and fool if he believes Petofi still wants or trusts him. Was he really just clothing shopping all this time? I figured he knew he hadn't killed Julia and that's why he stayed away so long. Great scene between him and Petofi, and between Lady Kitty and Petofi, too. She's just so pissed at him, and apparently not afraid, the way she kept interrupting him. Who did give her the music box? Quentin found it odd, but it's another clue for us, as was Julia's prepared hypo again today. It was amazing, that Petofi actually had the gall to give her a drink filled with so much poison. Lucky for her she was immune to it, but how casually he was going to let her die! He's so cold-hearted, it makes one shiver all over!

Love, Robin

200
846 - Charity, a tear glittering in her eye, looking dazed, sits in the Blue Whale.  Tim Shaw is there, remarking, you're up early.  I haven't been to bed, she says.  The tear slides down her cheek.  "I done it," she says, and slams her hand on the table--I want a drink!  It's not open, says Tim.  I'll help myself, then, she says.  Get some sleep instead, he advises, you can't carry the party on indefinitely.  Party? She asks, giggling madly--it weren't no party, Luv, believe me!  She pours a drink.  Tim, listening to her insane cackling, takes it away, advising her not to have it.  She continues laughing.  What's wrong with you? he asks--be sensible, what's wrong with you? Nothing's the matter, she says--my Carl, who loved me so, can rest--"It was terrible, the blood!--the blood!  I put the stake over his heart. . ."  "What?" demands Tim.  "I brought the mallet down," she continues--"He screamed!"  Who? Demands Tim.  "The vampire," says Charity.  "I've just killed Barnabas Collins!"  And she sinks into the stunned Tim's arms.

Tim helps Charity drink her drink.  She chokes--I did it for my Carl, she murmurs.  Where did you find Barnabas' coffin? asks Tim.  I found it, she says.  How, he asks, the Collinses have been searching, Petofi, Trask...are you making it up?  No, she insists, I don't think the Collinses wanted to find him, after all--Quentin didn't, I know that--I followed him there, he couldn't do it!--I saw the stake hammer lying on the ground...  She bursts into tears, her head falling into the circle of her arms on the table.  Does anyone else know about this? demands Tim.  No, she says, sobbing.  Did Quentin see you? asks Tim--good, Edward will be very grateful to you.  I don't care, she sobs.  Don't be foolish, he says, you can demand a big reward for what you did.  I don't want one! blares Charity.  I want us to go speak to Edward, he says.  I don't want to go there! Insists Charity  Yes you are, he says, just decide what you want--you've done that family the biggest favor they've ever had.  She gets hysterical--"I don't care!" she shrieks.  Tim grabs her and says, you've got to care--we'll go straight to Edward.  I want to forget, that's all, she cries, just forget.  You can't, says Tim, not this, and no one else is going to forget it, either.

Kitty is looking into her fire, and smiles when Edward knocks at her door.  She checks her appearance, puts on perfume (she looks delicious) and says, "Come in!" in a very fake happy voice.  KITTY! he cries, delighted.  He takes her hands, delighted to see her.  She's smiling, running to him.  I was astonished when a maid told me you were here, he says--but where is Gerald?  Her smile fades--you haven't heard?--I should have cabled, everything happened so suddenly--Gerald is dead.  Not possible, says Edward, calling her "poor dear", trying to take her into his arms.  She doesn't allow that, and says, "No, Edward, please don't feel sorry for me, I'm determined not to feel sorry for myself."  What was the cause? asks Edward.  He didn't feel right, says Kitty, I should have known, I blame myself, no sense of pretending, since you and Gerald were so close, but in truth, Gerald killed himself.  Oh no, why? asks Edward--business reverses?--you and he were so happy together!  Yes, agrees Kitty, thank you for remembering that.  She begins to cry.  He takes her into his arms, soothing her.  I'll never forget Gerald, she murmurs.  You were wise to get away, he says--a visit here will give you proper perspective again.  I'm never returning to England, she says, even though I was happy there, from the first moment my carriage passed through the gates of Hampshire House
--I was so frightened before then, rhapsodizes Kitty, not knowing what the children would be like or what these English strangers would expect from an American governess, but the moment I saw that house, I knew it would be all right.  And it was, says Edward.  And I felt the same way last night when I saw THIS house, says Kitty--oh, Edward, do you mind my being here?  I was touched and flattered that you came here, he says, holding her hand against his chest--I want you to stay as long as you like--if Judith were well, I know she would insist upon it--you will be an adornment to Collinwood.  She gazes at him as if she'd like to kiss him, but he looks uncomfortable.  I brought you something, she says, knowing Gerald would have wanted you to have it, since you admired it since having dinner at the Admiralty.  Edward opens the box--his emerald (cuff)links, he says, overwhelmed--I couldn't.  You must, she says, it will help you to remember when Gerald was happy.  You'll be happy again, Edward assures her.  Yes, says Kitty, perhaps I will be in this new life I'm starting.  "This new life you're starting...with us," says Edward, intimately touching her hand as she closes the box containing her dead husband's cufflinks.  (Can you say golddigger, boys and girls?  Is she the biggest phony you've ever seen or what?)

Collinwood foyer - Charity tells Tim, this is none of your business.  You never know when something is becoming my business, says Tim.  You got me here, says Charity, but don't go trying any of your fancy tricks on me--I want nothing from them and there's nothing that can change the way I feel about it!  Edward comes downstairs and greets them--I'm busy, he says, tell me what it's all about.  We have news of great interest, reveals Tim.  I doubt that, says Edward.  For once, you're wrong, says Tim.  What is it? asks Edward.  "Barnabas Collins is dead," reveals Tim, to Edward's shock.

Drawing room - So, says Charity, now you know the whole story, and I can go.  Tim tries to stop her.  Edward says, if I couldn't deal with the vampire, I doubt you could--I suspect it's another of your lies.  "Don't believe me then, Luv, it don't matter a wit to me," she says.  I don't know your connection with this, Mr. Shaw, but I suspect you're taking advantage of an unfortunate creature.  Charity takes offense to this--you don't know the truth when you hear it.  You had best listen to her, advises Tim.  I already have, says Edward, then turns to Charity and says, I don't know what will happen to you, but you must stop this scurrilous story!  Go and see for yourself, she advises--go on, Mr. Collins, or don't you care, either, grand Mr. Collins?--maybe you've been protecting the vampire, too!  No, says Edward, I wanted to be rid of the vampire, too.  Let's go to the cave, suggests Tim, we'll find out easily that way.  Edward agrees, but says, you will both stay here--I'm going alone.  I'm in on this, says Tim and want to come along.  Edward agrees, but orders Charity to stay--I'll want to speak to you when we return, whatever we find.  Tim and Edward go.  Angry, Charity thinks about how they're always ordering me around, treating me like a servant or something--what will happen when Quentin hears I killed Barnabas?--why did he lie to me and say he didn't know where the vampire was?  Kitty comes in and introduces herself to a suspicious Charity as Lady Hampshire.  "LADY Hampshire, oh la di da!" cries Charity mockingly.  I was looking for Edward, says Kitty.  He ain't here, answers Charity.  Did he say where he was going? asks Kitty.  Did he ever, laughs Charity, but he wouldn't want you to know, since you aren't a member of the family.  Kitty haughtily says, I'm a guest here.  "I was almost a Collins," says Charity--"I'd have been mistress of this house if my Carl hadn't died.  Carl was the nicest one," she confides.  "I'm Pansy Faye!"  I'm pleased to meet you, lies Kitty--if you'll excuse me.  Charity hesitantly asks, could you stay and keep me company--I'm kind of nervous, with everything happening...  What is happening? demands Kitty.  Never mind, says Charity, they'll let you know if they want to--but listen, if this house ever gets to be too much for you, get Quentin or somebody to bring you down to the Blue Whale--you can watch my act, I sing, and I see things, too, sometimes, I'm a mentalist!" Most fascinating, remarks Kitty, insincerely.  I got powers, says Charity, I didn't used to, but I do now--I know things about people they don't even know themselves--I know things about you, says Charity.  This unnerves Kitty, who asks, what do you know about me?  "Do you hear that?" asks Charity.  Kitty hears nothing.  Then Charity begins humming Josette's theme.  Kitty listens, bored, as Charity finishes the music box theme.  I don't know that song, says Kitty.  "You will," predicts Charity.  "I can see it...where the music box is coming from!"  (We see Josette's music box appear between Charity's eyes).  An old music box, says Charity.  Kitty, annoyed says, I've never had a music box, and probably never will.
We see the music box open in Charity's vision, then disappear.  Destroy the music box, orders Charity.  Kitty insists, I don't have one.  You will! cries Charity--destroy it as soon as you get it--keep it and it will mean your death--remember that.  Kitty just looks in astonishment at the babbling Charity.

Tim and Edward go to the cave.  "To think that his life would end here," comments Edward regretfully, "in a dismal cave."  He opens the coffin and looks inside, then closes it again.  "Barnabas Collins is dead--may he rest in peace," says Edward--the coffin must be chained, the cave sealed, insists Edward--he must remain here forever.  He and Tim leave the cave.

Remember the tune, Charity urges Kitty, and hums it again.  Kitty furiously says, I've heard quite enough! and runs from her, upstairs.  Charity comes after her, warning, this house holds danger for you, dangers you don't know about--you'll see.  Leave! demands Kitty.  Edward and Tim return.  Charity smugly asks, what did you find out?  Take her to the drawing room, Edward orders Tim.  Charity finds this insulting--like I'm a bloody package!  Tim closes the double doors behind him.  I'm sorry Charity upset you, says Edward to Kitty.  "She's mad, isn't she?" asks Kitty.  Yes, but someone must deal with her, says Edward--I'm entranced by you, he says--let's have a special dinner tonight, just the two of us--I was wrong when I said life is starting over for you--it's starting over for both of us.  Kitty smiles--her plan is going beautifully!

Edward joins Charity and Tim in the drawing room.  It will be a long time before you call me a liar, won't it? Charity asks Edward.  I'm prepared to admit I was wrong, he says.  Mighty decent of you, she says sarcastically, ain't it, Tim?  You expect a reward, don't you? asks Edward.  It does seem fair, Tim pipes in.  Stay out of this, orders Charity, and speaks directly to Edward--I want no thanks, nothing!  I'd like you to answer one or two questions, says Edward, which might seem strange, about Quentin--you followed him to the cave?  He knew where the vampire was, reveals Charity, I got that feeling, talking to him here, that's why I followed him.  If he knew, why didn't he come to me? wonders Edward--he could have kept it in the family.  You can count on us to keep very quiet, Tim assures him.  Can I indeed? asks Edward.  "She'll keep it quiet," promises Tim, "I'll see to that."  You will, will you? asks Edward--I'm sure of it, and no doubt at a price--what is your price?  Sometime I might want a little favor, says Tim.  I'm prepared to do you a favor right now, says Edward, by taking Miss Trask off your hands.  You may deny being Charity Trask, Edward tells Charity, but I remember the day you came into this house with your father--perhaps it's fortunate he's visiting Judith, he might not agree to what I'm going to say
--"Stay here with us--we can get proper treatment for you."  Proper treatment? demands Charity, insulted--"Who'll get proper treatment in this house?"  There are doctors, he says.  I'm not sick, Guv, she insists.  He asks, do you remember the girl you were when you first came here?  I remember coming here with my Carl, she says, and this house holds no happiness in it, for no one!  We will change all that, says Edward.  It will never happen, she insists--I love my life, singing at the Blue Whale, I ain't about to start sitting around at my age!--if my Carl was still alive...  Miss Trask, says Edward.  She explodes--you are NOT to call me that name, you should call a lady what she chooses, and I choose Pansy Faye!--you got that?  She tells Tim, I want to get back to town.  Tim assures Edward she'll be all right--drop in and see us at the Blue Whale sometime.  I doubt I'll find the time, says Edward, but I'm sure you will find the opportunity to drop in and see me--when you want something.  Tim leaves.

Kitty is in her room, writing a letter to her mother.  She smirks as she reads it--"Edward has been exactly as I expected, hospitable, understanding and very dear.  The house is nearly as grand as Hampshire House, and he's invited me to stay as long as I wish--thank goodness, because I barely have the money to come to you in PA.  Things are looking up now!"  She folds the letter and inserts it into an envelope.  She's affixing the stamp when she spots it--Josette's music box, sitting on a couple of books on her desk.
She remembers Charity's words--an old, old music box--you must destroy it, it will cause your death!  Kitty opens the music box.  Josette's theme trills from it. She listens...

NOTES:  We know what Kitty is really all about, after Edward for money and security.  She's so blatant about it--but Charity's predictions are right on.  She was such a hoot today, although I didn't appreciate her staking our favorite vampire.  Tim continues in his Bad Boy ways, looking for money and favors wherever he can find them.  Edward's apparent regret/sorrow over Barnabas was touching; vampire or not, he was family, and that's important to Edward.  At least he wished him a peaceful rest.  Charity's disgust over what she did was palpable.  Would she want to kill Quentin, too, if she knew of his equally guilty role in Carl's death?

Great episodes, but now we have the Barnabas drought.


847 - Tim paces Petofi's mill, then sits down.  Beth enters.  That's HIS chair, she says--he doesn't like anyone else sitting in it.  Tim sits elsewhere.  Beth says, surely you don't want to displease him.  When he hears what I have to say, predicts Tim, he's going to be quite pleased.  Why? she asks.  Wait and see, advises Tim.  I get the feeling you believe Petofi will be more than grateful, says Beth.  Smiling, Tim remains silent.  Petofi enters and hands Beth his hat.  (shot of Mike R. Phone)  Petofi remarks to Tim, you stop by with disquieting regularity; your persistence is admirable, you impatience annoying--I'll send for you when I have a chance to consider the matter we discussed.  I have news you've been anxious to hear, reveals Tim--Barnabas Collins is dead.  How unfortunate, says Petofi, I must offer my condolences to Dr. Hoffman...

Petofi says, I seem to have disappointed you in some way--did you expect me to bask in the warm glow of gratitude?  You knew Barnabas was dead, accuses Tim--had something to do with it--you're acting much too casual about this.  You thought that bringing me this information would obligate me to you in some way, says Petofi--you are wrong.  Wouldn't you even like to know who was responsible for Barnabas' death? Asks Tim.  It doesn't matter, says Petofi.  Tim spills anyway--Charity Trask.  This seems to surprise the Count.  Remind me to send dear Miss Trask some flowers, Petofi tells Beth, then orders Tim to stick around--I have things to discuss with you when I return.  Petofi leaves.  Tim asks Beth, did the Count have something to do with Barnabas' death?  She looks evasive--I wouldn't know, she says.  What's wrong with you? he asks.  Nothing, she replies.  You're sorry Barnabas is dead? asks Tim.  I have no feelings on the matter, claims Beth, one way or another.  Why do you seem so upset? asks Tim--what was Barnabas to you?  Go sit down and wait, she orders Tim--if you're good and do what Petofi tells you to do, your greed may be rewarded (zing!)

Julia prepares an injection and places it in her doctor's bags.  Someone knocks; she looks concerned.  She opens the doors--Petofi.  You need not be alarmed, he assures her, I have no intention of harming you--I congratulate you on the bravery of Barnabas and the ineptness of Aristede for leaving you alive--but you find yourself in a predicament now; you cannot rely on Barnabas to assist you.  Why not? asks Julia calmly.  Barnabas is dead, replies Petofi.
Julia gasps in shock--I don't believe it, she says, it's one of your tricks!  He offers to show her the proof.  I saw him last night, she wails, beginning to cry, he was with me last night!--did you kill him, or have him killed?  My hands are clean, says Petofi--Barnabas fell victim to the wrath of an outraged woman--Charity Trask drove a stake through his heart--her motive was revenge; Barnabas apparently caused the death of her fiance.  Julia can barely speak--where is the body? She asks.  Edward Collins must know, says Petofi, but I advise you against seeing him--he might ask some very embarrassing questions.  Are you protecting me so that Aristede can have another try at killing me? asks Julia.  I haven't seen him since he botched the first attempt, says Petofi--no, you're alone now, friendless and unprotected in an alien world--you can't stay here long, soon you shall return to the future--when you do, I will be by your side--you'll be under surveillance morning, noon and night--good day to you, Doctor. Julia looks lost and depressed.

So does Quentin, who sits in the drawing room listening to his music.  Amanda, in a stunning yellow gown (she finally got rid of the pink frilly thing), sits beside him and teasingly asks, do you play any other song?  Where were you this morning? He asks, I was looking for you.  I took a walk along the beach, she says.  I would have liked to come with you, he says, his manner more than a bit romantic.  I wanted to be alone, she says, smiling.  Why? he asks.  I just felt that way this morning, she says.  I was thinking about you when you walked in, he says.  I find that a bit disturbing, she says, you listening to that sad music and thinking of me.  Believe me, he says, that music isn't as lovely as you are.  He kisses her, hard, and long, then says, I love you.  She looks suspicious and unhappy, and doesn't respond.  Did you hear me? he asks.  Yes, she says, but we can't have it this way, you don't know enough about me.  (Did she call him Tim?)  I know what I feel--and you feel, he assures her.   We like and enjoy being together, she says, that's the way it should be--a good time and joy of being together, no sadness or regrets.  You don't believe a word you're saying, he says.  Yes, I do, says Amanda--I know what's good for us and what isn't.  Look at me, he says.
She does, finally.  You tell me you don't love me, and never could, he asks--come on, if that's the way you really feel, tell me.  She goes into his arms, wondering, why did I have to meet you now?--why must it be this way?  "I do love you, Quentin, I do," she murmurs.  They kiss, another juicy liplock.  Petofi catches them.  You're a man of endless surprises and impeccable good taste, remarks the Count.  Amanda and Quentin look at him, unsmiling.

Has Edward given you the run of the house, considering you didn't knock? asks Quentin.  It doesn't matter, smiles Petofi, you were far too preoccupied to notice me--it's pleasant to see you, Miss Harris, but I must speak to Quentin alone.  She leaves.  Petofi nods at Quentin, who takes a drink.  She's very beautiful, comments Petofi, but what will you do about your engagement to Angelique?  Quentin hands a drink to Petofi and pours another for himself.  "Break it," says Quentin.  I see, laughs Petofi.  I do admire a man who lives as dangerously as you do--what do you think Angelique's reaction will be?  I don't think she'll be very happy, says Q.  Petofi says, I'd give anything to witness the fury Q you are about to unleash.  What do you want? asks Q.  I congratulates you for a job well and cleverly done, says Petofi.  Q is puzzled.  You disposed of Barnabas Collins, says Petofi--having Charity Trask drive the stake through his heart was a stroke of genius!  Quentin is stunned.  Barnabas is dead? he asks.  Dead and soon to be forgotten, says Petofi.  Charity must have followed me there, says Quentin--I had no idea.  Admit you arranged it all, says Petofi.  I went there to do it myself, but I failed, do you understand, I failed, says Quentin fiercely.  I understand that you succeeded, says Petofi--how you did it is of no consequence.  I didn't! Quentin shouts--I wasn't responsible for that.  Yes, you were, says Petofi, as guilty as if you hammered in the stake yourself, I assure you--and now, for your next assignment--Julia Hoffman.  Quentin says, I want no more assignments, nor anything further to do with you.  You know you don't mean that, says Petofi.  Yes, I do, I can't go on living this way, insists Quentin.
Consider the consequences of cutting yourself off from me, says Petofi.  I have, says Quentin through gritted teeth, and I don't care what you do to me.  Don't think what I might do, says Petofi, think of what YOU might do--think of that lovely lady who left the room just now--think of the consequences to her if you revert to what you were--you are in love with her, right?  Yes, admits Q.  Then I assume you want both of you to stay alive, suggests Petofi, keep the beast from her door, so to speak?  Quentin ponders it, leaning against the window.  That's much better, says Petofi, taking silence as assent.  He puts his hand on Q's shoulder--I assure you you will learn to enjoy your new life--watch Julia day and night--report every move she makes to me--  good day, Quentin.  The Q-man looks outside and hates himself.   Amanda enters and says, I met Petofi once before--he was frightening!  You have every reason to be frightened, agrees Q.  Why did he come to see you, what does he want from you? she asks.  More than I'm willing to give, says Q.  Amanda doesn't understand.  Quentin slams the window closed and doesn't answer.  What's wrong? She asks.  He looks at her and says, we're going away together, it's the only way out--we'll leave, get married, never come back!  We can't, says Amanda--I can't.  I thought you wanted to leave Collinsport? He asks.  I do, she says, but...  I'm giving you the opportunity, what's to stop you? he asks.  Impossible she says.  Do you love me? he asks.  Yes, she assures him.  Then it's possible, he insists.  It can never be, she says--I can never love anyone, nor can I be loved.  I've never met a woman more deserving of love, says Quentin.  Please don't say that, she begs.  He puts his arms around he and says, in my whole life, I've never met anyone like you--I never felt this way, he says caressing her shoulders, I never knew what it was to be in love like this.  She turns to face him--stop talking like that, she begs--it can never work out between us, I can't explain it, I can't...and she runs away.  Quentin looks after her as she retreats, perturbed.

Petofi smokes a big cigar in his lair, lighting it from a candle.  He suggests to Tim, let's be frank--your obvious reason for coming to see me--currying favor by bringing me information.  Tim insists, I naturally thought you'd be interested to hear it.  If you want to earn my gratitude, says Petofi, you'll have to do far better than that.  Tell me what I must do, asks Tim.  Petofi asks, do you know anything about I-Ching?  Tim doesn't.  Oldest form of mysticism and divination in the world, says Petofi--it can produce miracles, or lead to disaster, and one can't tell which--I want you to assist me in an experiment by going into the I-Ching trance.  What does it involve? asks Tim, any great danger?  There's no adventure without an element of danger, says Petofi--does that frighten you?  What's in it for me? asks Tim.  Find what I'm seeking, says Petofi, and name your own price.  Tim looks intrigued.  Just what is it that I'm looking for? asks Tim.  I shall tell you after I explain how I-Ching works, says Petofi, leaving the room.  Tim stands, walks a few steps.

Quentin answers a knock at the door--Julia.  You're taking a big chance coming here, he warns.  I know, she says, I won't stay long.  He quickly ushers her into the drawing room and closes and locks the doors.  Have you heard the news about Barnabas? she asks.  Yes, he says.  I have a message for you from Barnabas, she says, something he told me before he was killed--"He said that if anything ever happened to him, I was to come to you right away and have you leave Collinsport immediately--he said you were under enormous danger from Count Petofi."  I have realized that myself, says Quentin--I'd advise you to either leave Collinsport or return to your own time.  I can't leave now, she says.  There's nothing here to keep you, insists Quentin.  I must finish some things Barnabas started re: the Collins family she says.  If you stay another minute, you're crazy, he says urgently--I know what I'm talking about.  Petofi is convinced I will eventually show him the way to the future, says Julia, so he can't kill me--you are the target and must get out before he traps you here forever!

Petofi has Tim sit before the thrown I-Ching wands--concentrate on the door, orders Petofi, then pass beyond it--and remember everything you see beyond the door--that's vitally important.  Tim concentrates, the wands spin.  We see the Collinwood drawing room, Amanda being approached by someone in a hooded cloak.  The figure strangles Amanda, who pulls off the hood to reveal a hideous devil's mask.  She tries to flee, but the figure catches her.  Terrified, she cries out, No!, but it approaches her, it's horrible eyes glittering.
She pushes off the mask to reveal Quentin, who laughs as he gleefully strangles her!

NOTES:  We saw a strange clue--Julia putting a filled hypo into her doctor's bag.  Why?  Quentin dismisses his engagement to a witch awfully easily; does he really think Angelique will let him marry someone else?  She's been there, done that, and one suspects won't allow yet another Collins male to escape her clutches.  Petofi seems willing to sacrifice anyone to learn what he needs to know about I-Ching.  Human beings are nothing but lab rats to him, all dispensable.  Quentin really does seem to love Amanda, he never spoke that gently or sincerely to poor Beth, who seems to be really getting into becoming one of Petofi's minions.  Poor Q, learning Charity finished what he couldn't even start--and his friend is dead, for real!

Love, Robin

201
844 - Before Tim and Charles' disbelieving eyes, the creation moans in agony and disappears, fading away.  You're an idiot! says Tim--this is incredible.  It DID happen, says Tate--I'm in shock--what's happening to me, what have I become?--please, give me a drink.  Tim hands him some booze, which Tate drinks eagerly.  We have matters to discuss, says Tim--now.  You murdered a man, says Tim.  No I didn't, retorts Tate. What do you call it? asks Tim.  He wasn't a man, explains Tate, in a real dither--he was an idea that took form, he never existed, and this never happened and never will again. Let's talk, Tim suggests--perhaps we can incorporate this into your sense of well-being.  How? asks Tate.  Talk to me right now, suggests Tim, pouring another drink.  I don't know many people in Collinsport, admits Tate--I know one very well, unfortunately--I met him 10 years ago; if I'd only known then...  Tim hands Tate another drink.. What happened 10 years ago?" asks Tim.  The person I created actually came into being then, says Tate, I was living in Paris, trying to paint. . .a man came up to me and introduced himself--  He said, "My name is Count Petofi."

Quentin's room - I must learn why Julia Hoffman came here from her own time, insists Petofi.  Annoyed, Quentin says, she came here to save Barnabas from Edward.  And she did, says Petofi--remember, Quentin, any friendship between you and Barnabas is impossible, there is nothing left.  But hypocrisy and lies, huh? asks Quentin.  Sorry if that pains you, says Petofi, but that's the way it is.  I'm not sure how much I can help you, says Q, because I'm not sure how much Barnabas trusts me--he hasn't told me where his coffin is.  I am very sure, says Petofi, that Barnabas will tell you what I want to know, since you are a man of such considerable charm--speaking of that, your bitterly disappointed Miss Chavez is working for me now.  She's working for you now? asks Q.  Yes, says Petofi, and coming to me was the wisest decision she ever made--send word to Barnabas--persuade him to meet you here--when he comes, warn him that Edward is still determined to capture him--it's not far from the truth--I'm sure Edward would like nothing better than to capture Barnabas--but he will have to remain frustrated--"Barnabas Collins is mine!"

Charles continues to drink, growing more mellow and effusive in Tim's company.  Tate notices Tim isn't drinking.  You know what I see behind your face? asks Charles--someone who wants to be more than my friend.
I am your friend, says Tim, continue with your story--what happened after you drew the vase?  Tate laughs drunkenly--no, he says, I won't tell you anything more--you know everything that happened, and you'd better not tell anybody, he warns, slamming his fist into the table.  Of course not, Tim assures him.  And don't tell anybody about Amanda, either, adds Charles--she might get hurt if you do.  Do you think I'd do anything to hurt Amanda? asks Tim.  I'm not sure what you'd do, says Tate, but if you do tell anyone, I'll kill you!  He points his gun at Tim to underline his threat.

Petofi notices with interest that Barnabas' portrait is gone from the wall in the foyer.  Edward had it taken down, says Quentin, after his experience with Barnabas.  Good, says Petofi, I've worked carefully to isolate Barnabas Collins--that is why Julia must not be allowed to interfere with my plans, and why you must find out everything I want to know.  Quentin looks miserable at having to kowtow to this creature.

Tim sits in his hotel room, playing with a pencil.  Someone knocks at his door.  He laughs, not answering the insistent knocking, but finally opens it--it's Petofi, who says, I received a note telling me to come here.  Tim admits to sending it.  People generally come to see me, says Petofi--I was amused by your presumption, so here I am--was it really necessary to keep me waiting?--what are you trying to prove?  I want to discuss the beginnings of a business deal with you, he explains.  You and I, a partnership? asks Petofi--what do you have to offer me?--I can't think of a thing?  How about an army? asks Tim, of innumerable, invincible soldiers--does that interest you?  Petofi grins.  With that, says Tim, you could control the entire world.  What is all this talk of armies? asks Petofi.  Then you are interested in a partnership? Asks Tim?  Presume nothing, tell me what you have to say, demands Petofi  It has to do with Charles Tate, reveals Tim.  Petofi is startled.  Tim says yes, I know of your "arrangement" with him--he told me, and I know things you don't know--the man can create human beings!  Charles told you that? queries Petofi--and you believed him?--poor Charles.  No delusion, says Tim--with pad and ink, he can create a man out of nothing--I saw it myself.  He created such a human being? Asks Petofi.  Yes, says Tim, but that particular one is gone.  Petofi doesn't believe it.  I can prove that Tate can manufacture persons, says Tim--any kind of person you should desire--I swear to that.  Petofi exhibits a "certain element" of interest--it's a pity the man Charles created is gone, a pity, but there is still Amanda.  What about her? asks Tim.  If you believe Tate possesses this ability, you have to admit his most beautiful creation is Amanda Harris, says Petofi.  Tim ponders that one.

Quentin's room - Why did you ask me to stop by? Barnabas pointedly asks Quentin.  I'm worried about you, says Quentin.  I'm managing, Barn assures him.  Surely there's something I can do to help, asks Quentin.  For the moment, says Barnabas, Julia is providing all the help I need.  I have the feeling you don't trust me, says Quentin.  I do, Barnabas quietly assures, but in my position, I must be careful.  With me? asks Q.  With everyone, says Barnabas.  I understand, says Q, but "everyone" didn't free you when Edward held you prisoner--you can forget many things if you want, but you can't forget the fact that we had each other for friends when there was no one else to rely on!  Barnabas apologizes--my fugitive existence has made me far too suspicious, he confesses.
You should be, says Q, Petofi is a dangerous enemy--he's still very determined to deal with Julia, as Edward is to deal with you--he has a new plan of action, but I don't know any of the details yet.  Let me know when you find out, says Barnabas.  Of course, promises Q, then asks, do you and Julia have any plans--you should keep moving, not wait around to be destroyed.  Where? asks Barn.  Back to your own time, suggests Q.  I must go now, says Barnabas--I have a feeling evil forces are at large tonight--thank you for your concern--we'll see each other again, very soon.  Barnabas leaves.  Quentin looks at his portrait--did I find out enough to satisfy Petofi?  "I doubt it--you don't even make a good traitor," says Q bitterly, and covers the painting back up again.

A gloved hand caresses the door knocker at Collinwood.  We see an exquisite woman, dressed completely in black, smiling.  (KLS is back, looking stunning!)  All right, Kitty, she tells herself, you're at Collinwood--go ahead and knock--nobody is going to suspect a thing.  Quentin answers The door and invites her in immediately.  Who in this place would know a pretty thing like you? he asks.  I'm looking for Edward, she says. He's away until tomorrow, he says--might I be of service--I'm Edward's brother.  Quentin or Carl? she asks.  Quentin--Carl is dead, he says sadly.  She apologizes.  You know a great deal about the family, says Q. I do, she says, and was hoping I might visit, but with Edward away...   I can arrange a room for you, says Q, whoever you are (any port in a storm)?  She laughs.  I'm Lady Kitty Hampshire, she says--Edward was a very dear friend of my husband's, and I hope, a very dear friend of mine, too.  Quentin notices the mention of her husband in the past tense.  Poor Gerald is dead, says Kitty--after his death, I felt such a stranger in England, and terribly lonely--I'm an American, so I decided to come home--yes, she says, looking possessively around Collinwood, "I decided to come home."

It isn't sufficient to know that Barnabas Collins has no immediate plans to return to the future, Petofi tells Quentin.  "He wouldn't tell anything else!" says Q--he was very nervous, but I will find out more.  And I must patiently wait while Barnabas fobs you off with excuses? demands Petofi.  You'll have to wait, insists Q.  No, his enemy may be closer than he thinks, says Petofi--I've decided--Barnabas must die--when he does, Julia Hoffman will turn to you because there will be no one else--then I can find out how to get to the future--Julia will talk when Barnabas is dead (I tend to think she'd clam up).  Petofi helps himself to a drink.  How do you intend to kill Barnabas? asks Q.  I'm not going to, dear boy, says Petofi--you are!  Oh, no, says Q, I'm not!  Petofi asks--are you beginning to doubt my powers?  No, just pushed them a bit far, says Q.  How quickly men forget, says Petofi. He drains his drink, breaks the glass and slashes Quentin's face with the shard.  Quentin cries out in pain, holding his face, but there's no blood!
Petofi uncovers the portrait and shows him that there's a bleeding, gaping wound on the face in the portrait.  "This could be you!" cries Petofi--do you doubt my powers now?  Quentin stares, shocked, horrified, and answers, "No."  "Barnabas Collins must die," insists Petofi--"I expect results."  And he goes, leaving Quentin staring at his portrait, holding his unmarked face.  (Powerful, itensely creepy scene!)

Kitty comes out of the drawing room and runs into Petofi.  "YOU!" she cries, looking at him with hatred.  How pleasant to see you! he exults. You can't be here! she says.  But as you see, my dear, I am, he says.  What are you doing here? she demands--but I don't need to ask that, do I?   I've become involved with several member of the Collins family, he says.  Then I pity them, she retorts.  I was sorry to hear of your husband's sudden death, says Petofi.  "What choice did you leave him?" she rants--"Public disgrace or death!"  Your obsession with my supposed crimes has become rather boring, says Petofi--don't pursue it further.  Have you met all the Collins men? he asks, Edward...  I find this hallway stifling, says Kitty through clenched teeth--I need some clean, fresh air.  And she walks out on him.

Barnabas, out in the woods, hides when he hears Kitty coming.  She spots him, however.  I've gotten lost, she says--can you help me?   She smiles at him.  Do you live at Collinwood? She asks--I guess that a strange question, considering I just came from there.  He stares at her, amazed.  (Josette Clone Alert!!!!)  Are you staying at Collinwood? he asks.  Yes, she says flirtatiously.  Are you a friend of the Collins family, asks Kitty--why are you staring at me?  He apologizes for staring, but admits, "You're very beautiful."
Kitty likes that answer, and thanks him very much.  Who are you? he asks.  No, I won't tell you--now, she says saucily--walk me back to Collinwood.  I can't tonight, says Barnabas, dying to do as she asks--follow the path, it will lead you to the house.  Yes, of course, she says, her manner icy--"Good night."  He stops her.  Are you staying at Collinwood long? he asks.  My plans are vague, she reveals, I don't know--I may be leaving by tomorrow.  She leaves him.  No, you cannot go, says Barnabas to himself, now that I've found you again--"Josette!"

Quentin, still holding the flawless side of his face that Petofi slashed, comes downstairs.  Kitty returns.  She looks at the wall where Barnabas' portrait was, and asks, why was it moved?  How did you know that? demands Quentin, do you know Barnabas?  What a strange question, of course I do, she says.  How do you know him? asks Q.  "How do I know whom?" Kitty says--"I don't know anybody named Barnabas."  "You just said you did," says Quentin, you asked why the portrait had been removed.  Kitty haughtily says, I know no one named Barnabas or of any portrait.  Suddenly, however, Kitty begins getting flashes of Barnabas' portrait...

NOTE:  Love the new character being portrayed by KLS.  She's got many layers, and a big surprise in store.  Once again, Barnabas is going for the clone, to the intense unhappiness of Julia fans.  Petofi's demonstration with the glass proved to Quentin that he's the man, and Q had better do as he bids him to--even if the order is as tall as killing his own cousin.

The side trip into Tate's talent for reproducing people and objects kind of bored me.  Nicholas Blair would have loved the concept of a superhuman group of soldiers dedicated to working for Satan.  Kitty has ulterior motives, of course, that's obvious from the start (Josette flashbacks?), but meeting Barnabas has already done something weird to her, and it's only gonna get worse.

Beth and Petofi, now there's a crazy pair!  Is she really with him, or just pretending to be?

Barnabas is wise not to overly trust Quentin, but that's going to change, unfortunately.  We're very close to an episode that will shock first time watchers.


845 - Quentin paces his room, wondering, can I kill Barnabas--how, after all he's tried to do for me?  He gazes at his portrait, touches his face where Petofi cut him.  He looks sickened.  But it's an order, he muses, what right does Petofi have to give me orders?  What difference does that make, I'm too terrified to disobey him, he can't let him turn me back to what I was.  "Barnabas MUST die," Quentin says aloud.

Rectory - Barnabas calls to Julia.  She comes in, doctor's bag in hand.  You were late, she says, I was worried, you shouldn't take chances with everyone hunting for him.  "If I hadn't been out tonight..." he says.  Has something happened tonight? she asks.  Barnabas looks like a man in a happy dream.  Yes, he says, something incredible, that will make it imperative to change all our plans--I've met Josette again, she's come back to me.  This stuns Julia--Josette died 100 years ago, she says.
I've just seen her, he insists.  Trying to change the subject, Julia says, get ready for your injection.  It IS Josette, he says, it's as if I were back in time again.  Did she recognize you? asks Julia.  No, says Barnabas reluctantly.  Good, because the last time she saw you, she committed suicide because of you, Julia reminds him (ZING!)  Because of what I had become, says Barnabas--we must change our plans.  We will NOT, she says defiantly.  I can't go through with them now, he objects.  You MUST, Julia says.  The injections, yes, says Barn, it's vital I can move around during the day (Julia gives him the shot), and be accepted at Collinwood, but the other plan is impossible.  YOU made that plan, says Julia it accomplishes everything you want, (Barnabas rolls down his sleeves), you cannot change it now.  But I must--I have no idea how long she'll be here, he says.  Would you really rather lose everything? asks Julia.  I won't, insists Barn.  When I begged you to go back to the future, says Julia you told me the future of the Collinses rested on your defeating Petofi.  I'll handle him in another way than what we planned, in such a way that I'll be allowed to see Josette--I can't chance losing her again!

Quentin looks at his portrait, shaking his head, angry with himself.  He notices the scar on the face in the portrait, a souvenir of Petofi's attack.  Someone knocks--Barnabas.  Quentin asks if something is wrong.  For once, not wrong, says Barn, eyes alight--something that changes my whole life, gives me a new reason to live and look forward to the future.  Uh oh, says Quentin's guilty face.  He looks away; Barnabas notices.  Help me, begs Barnabas--will you help me?  Quentin looks like he wishes he were somewhere, anywhere, else.

How can I help you? Quentin asks.  Your houseguest, Lady Hampshire?--she's married to Gerald Soames, answers Quentin, but her husband is dead--she landed in Boston and decided to come to Collinwood--she wanted to see Edward.  She was drawn to me, says Barnabas like a lovesick schoolboy--the reincarnation of the one woman I've ever loved--my Josette.  That's very odd, remarks Quentin--your saying that after what she did tonight--she was walking the grounds, came to the house, looked around the room, and asked where your portrait was--Edward took it down days ago. . .she had never been to Collinwood before, how did she know the portrait had ever hung there?  Because is was hanging there in 1796 when she lived, says Barn--I was right!--go to her tomorrow and tell her I want to see her--don't mention my name, I don't want her to know what I am.  She's bound to find out about you, warns Quentin.  I'll use another name, says Barnabas--tell her the man she met in the forest wants to see her again--I'm sure she will come to me.  You're taking a big chance, says Q.  You must do this for me, says Barnabas.  All right, Q agrees, I'll try to arrange a meeting--how shall I contact you; where will you be at dusk tomorrow?  Quentin clutches at an ugly looking piece of statuary and hastily says, no, don't tell me, I don't want to Know--I'll leave word with Julia where you are to come.  No, says Barn, I don't want Julia knowing about this (secrets will be the death of you, B!)--come to my hiding place, continues Barnabas--in a cave, beneath the cliffs below Widows' Hill.  Quentin tries to stop him from revealing all this, but it's out.  Can you find it? asks Barnabas anxiously.  Quentin nods miserably.
"Then I will look for you at dusk," says Barnabas--"Thank you, Quentin, thank you very much."  Don't thank me, Barnabas, asks Quentin, then blurts out, "You must leave Collinwood--tonight!  Please!  You've got to leave Collinwood before you get caught, before...before something happens to you!"  No, says Barnabas, nothing will make me leave Collinwood now--nothing.  They look at each other.  Quentin's face furrows with unhappiness.  "You're very kind to worry about me, Quentin," says Barnabas, "but don't--I'll take care of myself."  Quentin doesn't reply, causing Barnabas to give him an odd look before departing.  "JUDAS!" Quentin accuses himself.  "JUDAS!!"

Julia knocks at the door of Collinwood.  Quentin, drink in hand, answers and invites her in.  You're taking quite a risk, he remarks.  Was Barnabas here?--is he gone? she asks.  Yes, answers Q.  And Edward? she adds.  He's in Bangor, says Q, and very curious about you, so you're lucky.  They enter the drawing room; he closes and locks the door.  I didn't feel like staying at the rectory, says Julia, I don't know why Barnabas wanted to see you. . .that's not true, I do know, whatever he wanted had something to do with your houseguest--I hope you will be frank with me.  "In other words, you want me to tell you exactly what he said," says Q, smiling slightly.  It's very important, says Julia--Barnabas must not change his plans.  "What are his plans, Dr. Hoffman?" asks Q.  She turns away, not replying.  I can't tell you, she says.  You want me to spill everything, says Quentin teasingly, but you're going to tell me nothing--there seems to be something basically unfair about that.  All right, don't tell me, says Julia, I have heard enough about it from Barnabas to guess--"I've been through this with him before, you know," she says resignedly--"He'll never forget Josette, he will ALWAYS be hunting for her."  Persuade him to go back to the future, suggests Quentin--tonight, find him and make him."  I tried, he refused, says Julia--you should know, you're part of his reason.  Make him forget about me, insists Quentin.  He won't forget about you or the family, says Julia--there's another solution--have the houseguest leave.  She came to see Edward, who hasn't been here yet, says Quentin.  Have her go to Bangor, meet him, suggests Julia.  You're being unreasonable, says Quentin.  It sounds that way, agrees Julia--"but I don't want anything to happen to Barnabas Collins--do YOU?"  Quentin's eyes widen with guilt.  No, I don't, he says.  Then try, asks Julia, warn her that if she stays here there will be tragedy for her.
Quentin agrees to try to think of something--you must go, Julia.  Barnabas may come looking for you, she says--please don't tell him I was here, and try to do something.  She leaves.  Quentin recalls her words--"I don't want anything to happen to Barnabas Collins--do YOU?"  The last two words echo in his head, tormenting him.  DO YOU?????  He covers his ears and his eyes roll in his head, as if he's in agony.

Quentin drinks.  Charity leans down into his line of vision, reminding him, you were supposed to come see me at the Blue Whale.  (When did she come back?)  I couldn't, he says drunkenly.  Yes, you had big business here, she agrees--with this.  She flicks his brandy glass.  "You treat me rotten, Quentin, I sang all my songs for you tonight, just for you, hoping you'd come through the door!"  I'm sorry, he says.  I sang and sang, she pouts, and never better.  She sings "I'm gonna dance for you."  Irritated, he asks, why did you come here tonight?  To see you, she says.  There's very little to see, he assures her.  She puts her head on his shoulder and says, I don't agree with you.  It's the truth, he says, there's nothing inside the skin, not even a heart, so don't look for it.  You're awful to talk to me like that, complains Charity, with me trying to be nice and sociable to you and all--you aren't the gentleman Carl was, Lord rest his soul.  And where did it get Carl to be a gentleman? asks Q--in the cold, cold ground.  Don't you say it or think it, she commands angrily--I've been depressed all evening, trying not to remember--Quentin, she asks, do you know what happened 3 months ago tonight?  My memory of the past is as dim as my chances for the future, he says morosely.  How could you forget? she asks, Carl died--how could you forget that?  I'm unfeeling, he says, but not as unfeeling as I'd like to be--and he takes another sip of his drink.  She tries to take the glass from him--you've had enough, she says.  No, never, he insists, moving away from her--drink to Carl, he shouts.  Oh, no, you're insulting his memory, says a furious Charity.  He stretches out on the sofa, drink in hand.  There's so much evil, says Q, he's better off where he is now!  It's thinking like that that's the reason the vampire is still on the loose, insists Charity--if people would change their thinking, the vampire would be caught now, like he ought to be!  Do you think the vampire should be caught? queries Quentin.  Are you serious? asks Charity.  I can't remember all the reasons why we should get rid of the vampire, says Quentin.  He's a murderer! she cries--he killed Carl, and all those other attacks, before I came to town.  Yes, says Q, there were.  Oh, you remember now? she asks.  Yes, I do, he says--Charity, if you had the chance to kill the vampire, would you?  You bet I would, she says vehemently, then my poor Carl could rest in peace.  If you knew where to find him at dawn, his hiding place...? says Q.  Hey, says Charity, you know where he is!  No, says Q, shaking his head.  Then why are you talking that way? she asks.  I was just talking, says Q, rising from the sofa and putting down his glass.  You sure sound like you know, opines Charity.  Well, I don't, says Quentin, if I did, I'd go to the police.  I get these feelings something, she says, and you know more than you're telling me.  No, says Quentin, I don't, I think you'd better go back to town, it's getting late.  I couldn't sleep tonight, she says, not thinking about Carl.  He looks at her and asks,  "You did love him?"  And he loved me, she says sadly--I guess nobody ever had before--soon it will be dawn.  She sees his face change and asks, what's the matter?  Nothing he says, go home--go home.  You're afraid of the dawn, like me, she says, it means a new day starting, except for people like us, who never get new days--we just go on, reliving the old ones... (this was a sad scene).  Why are you staying up? she asks--why?  Go home, please, he demands, pushing her away.  She looks at him oddly, then drifts toward the door.  Quentin stares out the window.

Dawn - Quentin creeps into the cave, stake and hammer ready.  He puts down his weapons, approaches the coffin, opens it, gazes at the sleeping Barnabas inside.  He takes the stake and hammer into his hands, places the stake's point against Barnabas' heart, and prepares to strike.  His face shaking, he sends both weapons clattering to the cave floor, then closes Barnabas' coffin and says, "You faced whatever you had to, and I will, too!"  He leaves the cave.

Someone else enters the cave, however--Charity.  She places her hands on Barnabas' coffin, opens it, sees the vampire resting inside.  Her face takes on a look of angry determination.  She finds the discarded stake and hammer on the floor (good going, Quentin, leaving them there) and places the stake against Barnabas' heart.  Her fury over Carl's death (which was Q's fault, too), compels her to do the job Quentin couldn't.  Delight on her face, grunting happily with every stroke of the hammer, she pounds the stake into Barnabas' heart.  We hear him cry out in agony as the sharp stake finds its mark, blood from his chest welling up around it.
We see Barnabas, blood running from his mouth, dead.

NOTES:  Thus began a full month of misery for Barnabas lovers, because that's how long Jonathan Frid left the show back in 1969.  It was a tough four weeks for me, and I don't even like the two-week Barnabas hiatus we get now, with two eps per day!

Selby turned in such an amazing performance in this episode, riveting!  I gather Charity is living in town now, and while she had plenty of reason to want to destroy Barnabas, I always wished Quentin hadn't left his tools of destruction behind like that.   The scenes between Quentin and Charity set the scene for the end of this episode.  She hated the vampire for murdering Carl, and this was her revenge.

The ABC switchboard lit up like crazy at the end of this ep, with many calling in to find out what the hell was going on--was Barnabas really dead?  Since I had no inkling of this, I was wondering the very same thing, but was sure that it couldn't be what it appeared to be!  That was surely one of DS' most bloody, upsetting scenes, too.

Love, Robin

202
842 - Barnabas is horrified to see what has happened.  Hearing quickly retreating footsteps, he yells up the stairs, his face a mixture of guilt and misery, "Aristede, you're a dead man, do you hear me?  I will kill you for this!"

Barnabas returns to Julia, removes the gag from her mouth and takes her pulse.  He listens to her heart, then gently slaps her face.  She's alive!  Can you talk? He asks, but she's already said his name aloud.  Do you feel any pain? He asks.  No, she answers.  The bullet couldn't have missed you, he says.  I felt it hit me, she says.  There's no blood or wound, says Barnabas--how is this possible?  I don't understand, she says.  We must go, insists Barnabas, Petofi will return.
Barnabas notices a bullet hole in the back of the chair, leaving both of them in disbelief.

At Collinwood, Petofi comes downstairs and runs into Angelique, who is just getting in.  I'm looking for Quentin, says Petofi, where is he?  I don't know, she replies.  You're his fiancee, Petofi reminds her.  But I don't own him, says Ang.  But it has occurred to you, smiles Petofi.  It was nice seeing you again, she says sarcastically, and starts to go upstairs.  He stops her--since Quentin isn't here, I'd like to speak to you, especially the utter absurdity of your marriage to Quentin.  I find nothing absurd about it, she says.  Does he know everything about your? Asks Petofi.  Yes, she says.  Does he know you aren't an ordinary being?  In the first place, it's none of your concern, says Ang.  You'll learn that it is, says Petofi--Quentin and I have just made an agreement, and under those terms, Quentin has no choice but to do as I say, and if I tell him to call off the marriage, he must do so.  Quentin isn't a piece of property, says Ang, he doesn't belong to you.  In fact, my dear, laughs Petofi, he does.  I don't believe it! insists Angelique.  Ask him next time you see him, advises P--in the meantime, I have no objection to this marriage taking place.  How magnanimous of you! she says.  As long as you understand you must not interfere with my plans, he adds.  I'll do whatever I need to, she says--you don't control me.  He moves in close and says, it's a pity that isn't the case--that we've been at odds for so long--has it ever occurred to you what power we could wield together?  Are you making me an offer? she asks.  Consider the possibility, he suggests, of such an alliance.  I'm not interested, she says.  Your ulterior motives still elude me, remarks Petofi. I have none, she says.  Surely you aren't marrying Quentin merely for the sake of becoming his wife? asks Petofi.  She turns away--we have nothing further to discuss, she says.  He bursts out laughing--at her, and himself, for misjudging her so completely--I never suspected your motives might be so human, feminine--"You're in love with him, I see it in your eyes, you of all creatures are completely in love!--tell me, my dear, what human emotion will you aspire to next--compassion?"
And he laughs uproariously at her, pissing her off.

Rectory - Julia sips a cup of tea.  I still feel a little weak, Barnabas, she says.  By all rule of logic, she should be dead, he says.  I know, agrees Julia.  The bullet must have passed through you, he says, we saw what it did to the chair.  I have only one explanation that makes sense, says Julia--when you came back to the past, your physical body remained in the future; the same thing must have happened to me.  That doesn't account for the fact you went unharmed tonight--I'm still vulnerable, why aren't you? he asks.  Because YOU existed in this time before, she explains--you had a host body here to receive your essence, I didn't.  Meaning you're here only in essence, he says.  (This was cool.)  My physical being is still in the present, she says.  Incredible, comments Barnabas.  Delighted, Julia says, this means I'm not in any danger at all from Petofi, there's no way he can harm me while I'm here.  But you did feel the impact of the bullet, Barnabas reminds her, and it did leave you weak.  All psychological, says Julia--I expected to be killed when the gun went off, and I simply reacted accordingly.  Let's hope you're right, says Barn.  I know I am, she says, and I must give you a second injection before dawn.  Are you sure you aren't too weak? He asks.  I've worked out a strict schedule for these things, she says, and it's important we follow it.  Even if the injection does work, says Barn, we need someone else to help with our plans--the only one capable of doing it--Angelique.  Julia is startled--Angelique?--she's here?  Yes, she put in an appearance about a week ago, says Barnabas (?), a week after I arrived from the present.  "She's the perennial bad penny, isn't she?" asks Julia bitterly.  Yes, and it pains me to have to go to her for help, admits Barnabas, but I have a feeling this is one time she'll be more than willing to help--she's planning to marry Quentin Collins.  Does he have any idea what she is? asks Julia.  Yes, says Barnabas, but she's managed to maneuver him into it--now that Petofi is on the scene, he's a threat to her--they've already fought twice, and she'll be more than willing to take our offer--we must get to her immediately.  I'll get a message to Angelique in the morning and have an answer for you when you awaken that night, promises Julia--take off your jacket, we have to get this done (LOL, no comment from me!)  She remoes items from her doctor's bag.

The Mill - Tate paces.  Petofi comes downstairs--did you receive my note? He asks the artist.  Yes, I did, rages Charles, you said you'd be here, but I've been waiting two hours!  I had a pressing matter to attend to, says Petofi--hasn't Aristede been attending to you?  Aristede isn't here, says Tate.  How odd, remarks Petofi, I left him with a job to do, he should have finished and been back by now.  Petofi checks the back room, sees the ropes, gag, etc., and says, "So, Barnabas Collins was willing to risk his own neck to save his lady friend--she must be very important to him indeed.  They will both pay for this--with their lives."

Rectory - Julia sips tea and answers the door--Angelique, whose is stunned at the sight of Julia.  "Your eyes are not deceiving you, I am who you think I am," says Julia matter-of-factly.  Angelique, smiling, asks, how can you be?  You're here, Barnabas is here, why not me? asks Julia.  But you're not like Barnabas and me, you're...  "Human?" finishes Julia.  I don't understand, says Ang.  I'm here, what is there to understand? asks Julia.  How you came, and why, says Ang.  Barnabas needed me, says Julia.  "I see you haven't changed--always ready to help Barnabas whenever he NEEDS you," says Angelique bitchily.  Let's get directly to the reason I sent for you, suggests Julia.  Ang says, "The pursuit of Barnabas Collins can lead to nothing but misery--he is a cold, harsh, unresponsive man."  In a voice throaty and angry enough to cut flesh, Julia retorts, "Who made him that way?"  Angelique relents--why did you send for me?  Barnabas needs your help, says Julia.  That comes as no surprise, says Ang--"I hope he didn't bring me all the way here to tell me that, he could have told me himself."  I'm here for another reason, Julia explains--I'll tell you what that is after I hear your response.  I told Barnabas, many times, what a fool he is not to return to his own time, says Ang.  He couldn't go back before, he hadn't finished his work here, says Julia.  His work will NEVER be finished here, insists Angelique--he's changed history too much.  Please help him, pleads Julia.  Why should I? Ang asks.  You have everything to gain, says Julia--Barnabas told me about your relationship with Quentin.  That has nothing to do with Barnabas, says Ang.  If you don't help Barnabas, you might never get Quentin, warns Julia--something has happened that has placed him under great obligation to Petofi.  Petofi won't prevent my marriage to Quentin, insists Angelique.
What good is it to be married to someone who's loyalty lies elsewhere, not really yours? queries Julia--do you want to defeat Count Petofi?  If I couldn't accomplish that, asks Ang, how does Barnabas expect to defeat him?  He can't, not alone, anymore than you can, says Julia, but Barnabas is convinced that, with your help, he has part of a plan, and you can help him realize it.  What is the plan? she asks.  What is your answer, demands Julia.  I insists on knowing what Barnabas has in mind before I commit myself, says Angelique.

Petofi reports to Tate--it's most disturbing--Aristede is no where to be found.  Stop worrying about Aristede, says Tate--he always comes back.  I think Aristede is afraid to face me after bungling the job (how does he know for sure he bungled it?), and he should be afraid, I'm most displeased.  Just tell me what you want, demands Tate, you're trying my patience.  We must not interfere with your proper rest, says Petofi--look at the I-Ching wands and book.  I know nothing about them, says Tate.  This surprises Petofi.  Think back to the days before I made you so respectable, to the acquaintances you had then, says Petofi--rather curious people, some even dabbled in the black arts, if memory serves me.  Yes, admits Charles.  Which of them practiced this form of divination? asks Petofi.  Tate thinks it over.  Petofi can see he is recalling something, and that it pains him.  You shouldn't be toying with these things, says Tate.  Why not? asks Petofi.  Because if you haven't mastered them, they can be very dangerous--I saw them used once, says Tate, in an artist's apartment in New York--a woman went into a trance and started to scream that someone was trying to kill her--and after she got out of the trance, her hair was white and she was completely mad.  So, Dr. Hoffman was telling me the truth, realizes Petofi--thank you, Charles--I still will go the future, but will use greater caution--I must find a way to use the I-Ching without placing my own life in jeopardy.

A smiling Angelique tells Julia, "It's a very clever plan, Julia, one that won't be easy to execute, but that doesn't bother me."--since it may dispose of Count Petofi, I'll help.  Julia smiles back at her--how do you plan to do it? she asks.  Angelique expresses curiosity about Julia's role in all this--these injections she's giving Barnabas, what guarantee do you have that they will work?  There's no guarantee, says Julia, but I think the chances are very good.  Then I'm convinced he's a fool! cries Angelique--if he really can be cured, he'll have what he's wanted for almost 200 years--go back to the future and live a normal, happy life.  (She looks wistful and pleased at this prospect.)  What are you going to use to provide us with what we need? asks Julia.  Ang smiles.  This is no time to be mysterious, insists Julia--tell me the answer!  Angelique glances at herself in the mirror, promising Julia, you will know soon enough.  The witch exits, leaving Julia frustrated and annoyed.  Julia looks at the mirror, where Angelique's smiling reflection suddenly appears, then disappears.  "Yes!  Yes it WILL work!" exults Julia.

Rectory - Barnabas tells Julia, we must get another message to Angelique, letting her know it must be done sooner than we thought.  Why? asks Julia.  We can't give Petofi too much time to maneuver, asserts Barn--by now he knows you aren't dead, and will make another move against you.  He can't harm me, says Julia.  I know, says Barnabas, and I also know Petofi will realize that, sooner than we think, and he'll change his tactics and harass you to the point that you won't be able to help me.  Then I must stay in hiding, says Julia.  Yes, says Barn, but it won't keep you out of Petofi's thoughts--we must get this thing going before Petofi make another major move.

In Tate's studio, Amanda gazes at his portrait of her.  He returns to find her there.  Are you having second thoughts? He asks.  I had to see the painting for myself, she says, but I don't know what to think.  You still doesn't believe what I told you? he asks.  If you were me, would you believe it? she asks.  I guess I wouldn't want to believe it, agrees Tate.  At least you understand how I feel, she says.  I never saw you before doing that portrait on March 11, 1895, he says--that's the first day you remember anything.  We've already been all over that, she says--I didn't come to rehash it.  Then why are you here? he asks.  Just to look at it, she says.  No, he insists, you came here to find out if I told you the truth.  It if were the truth, she says, I wouldn't want to know about it--to know I could be some kind of unnatural creature, a figment of someone's imagination, is frightening!  Don't you think it's frightening to me? he asks, that I have some kind of strange power?--I've seen it!--I'll show you!  He takes his sketch pad, intending to give her a little demonstration.  You already did that before and nothing happened! she reminds him.  I can't explain that, he says, I have no more idea about this power than you do.  There is no power! she cries, it's just coincidence.  Let me prove it to you, he asks, drawing away--it's almost finished.  She walks over--he's drawing a picture of a man with no name and no previous physical existence.  He finishes the sketch and says, this is a man totally created by Charles W. Tate.
Amanda screams, covering her face.  "I don't believe it!" she cries, and runs from the studio.  Standing there is a flesh and blood man who has stepped right from the sketchpad of Charles Delaware Tate!

NOTES:  Pretty nifty talent you've got there, Chuck!  I have a long list of people and things you can draw for me, but start with the gorgeous house overlooking the ocean with lots of windows and brightness!

I always love the antagonism between Julia and Angelique over Barnabas, and even more, I enjoy their uneasy alliance over a man with whom they both share a past.  When Julia asks WHO MADE HIM THAT WAY?, Angelique is forced to back down because she knows Julia is right.  It's one of my favorite DS scenes.  I still don't know how Petofi figured out that Aristede's plan to kill Julia went awry, unless it's because there was no blood anywhere.  Aristede would have mopped it up, though, since Petofi hates the sight of it, right?

The Tate/Amanda stuff could have been left out, but otherwise, this and the previous ep were two of my favorite DS eps within the framework of 1897.


843 - Tate is horrified to realize he created a man just by drawing him.  Who are you? he asks the man--how did you come to be here?  When the man approaches him, Charles grows terrified--don't come any closer! he orders.  Tate holds up his sketch pad above his head, then removes that page from the pad and threatens, I can destroy you as I created you!  The poor guy gazes up at the sketch, which Charles tears in half.  The man is still here--Tate can't believe it.  He grabs him, shakes him, demanding, "Who are you?"  The poor, stricken creation just stands there, staring, silent and terrified.

Collinsport Inn - What do you mean? Tim asks Amanda.  Tate created me, she explains, and now, somehow, my life makes a crazy kind of senses.  What you has told me makes no sense at all, insists Tim.  Then why can't I remember anything before March 11, 1895, before Tate sketched me? she asks.  The reasons your past is lost have nothing to do with Tate, says Tim--the man's conceit must be incredible to imagine this.
He isn't imagining this, says Amanda, I saw him create someone else--Tate sketched a man and that man appeared--came to life in the room.  This gives Tim something to think about--toy and I are going to visit Tate, he says, taking a gun into his hand--right now!

Tate is grabbing and shaking his creation, demanding, tell me what you feel--tell me!  He threatens him, only stopping when he hears a knock at the door.  He wrestles the poor guy into a closet and locks him in, then takes the crumpled sketch and drops it into a garbage can.  It's Tim and Amanda.  You know why we are here, says Tim--nothing will happen to you.  Tate finds a rather curious thing to say--why would it?  Last time she was here, says Tim, she saw you create a man--saw your sketch come to life.  Take her to a doctor, advises Tate, if you believe that.  Tim asks, what have you done with the creation?  Nothing, Tate says nothing--the three of us are alone.  I want to check that out for myself, says Tim.  Tate's objects--I don't like people poking around in my studio--however, since your accusation is so bizarre...  There WAS a man, insists Amanda. Your state of mind is so extraordinary, says Tate, and agrees to allow Tim to search.  Tim checks one room, finds it empty.  Amanda tells him to look in the sketch pad, but he only finds a sketch of Amanda.  For Trask's portrait of Miss Harris, says Charles.  Amanda tells Tate, you must not paint me!  You've looked through my studio and didn't find either sketch or man, says Tate, so how long will you believe the unbelievable?--take Amanda to get the help she needs.  Amanda, upset, insists, I saw the sketch and the man!  Tim wants to go.  You must believe me! says Amanda, and shows Tim that someone is trying the doorknob across the room.  Tim finds the door locked and takes the gun from his pocket--I'll see what's behind the door--"Shall we?"

I only have a few clothes and supplies in that closet, says Tate.  Tim wants to check for himself, and asks for the key.  I don't have it, says Tate.  I have a gun, says Tim, surely you have a key.  He points the gun at Tate, who relinquishes the key.  Tim unlocks the closet and opens it.  He pulls out the man Tate sketched.  Amanda screams and identifies him--this is the man he created, just as he created me.  She's crying.  I didn't mean to hurt you, says Tate.  Leave me alone, demands Amanda, falling to the sofa, sobbing.  The creation looks totally flabbergasted.  Tim is delighted--you created Amanda and this man--how?  It just happens, says Tate.  Have you made these creatures often? asks Tim.  Perhaps, answers Charles, I don't know.  Draw me one right now, orders Tim.  Tate refuses--I won't do anymore.  Think of the possibilities, suggests Tim.  I have, and it terrifies me, says Tate.  Not me, says Tim, I'm fascinated--in fact, if you don't draw me one, Ill take this one with me.  You can't, insists Charles, darting forward.  Yes I can, says Tim, dragging the creation away with him--take care of Amanda, says Shaw--but I'm sure you'll do that.  Amanda sobs heartbrokenly.

Petofi adjusts his glasses and tells Beth, I've been expecting you--the other night, you came to the end of one road, now you must find another.  I thought a great deal about myself and my life, since. . .   "you tried to kill Quentin?" asks Petofi.  I don't want to talk about it, she says.  Accept things for what they truly are, he advises--you tried and failed to murder Quentin--what happens now?  I'd like to come and work for you, she says.  Why? he asks.  Things go so well for you--I think I can learn from you, how to make my life over in your image.  It's a touching tribute you've painted, he says--I might need you, considering my last aide-de-camp decamped under enemy fire--what can you do?  Look after things, and people, she says, do what you want me to do.  My needs are quite different from ordinary ones, he says--however, I can assure you you'll find the rewards far more enduring than a room in the servants' quarters or a smile from Quentin.  I don't care about Quentin anymore, she says bitterly.  Good, he says, if I employ you, your devotion must be to me, even if it costs you your life.  My life is worth little to me, says Beth.  I have decided to employ you, he says, but before you decide yes, know and know well that there is no turning back, changing your mind, because if you do, I assure you your life will be worth nothing--and no further nonsense about Quentin--will you accept that situation?--think carefully.  Smiling, she says, there's no need to think--I've found what I'm looking for.

Amanda looks at the sketch of herself and asks Tate, what do I do now?  He turns her face around to his and says, let me take care of you--marry me, please.  How can you propose to something unreal? she asks.  You aren't unreal, Charles insists--we can touch, feel, love.  Love? she asks--I can never love anyone--no one can love me.  Give me a chance, he begs.  I've already seen, says Amanda--I used to wonder what I was like in the time before I could remember--I saw that man unable to speak, trembling with fear, finding himself in a world in which he doesn't belong--I saw that creature and saw myself.  It's nonsense, says Charles, look at me, you can love.  He tries to kiss her, but she pushes him away.  No, but I can hate, she assures him, and I hate you, for finding me and proving what I am--Charles,
I hate you--I wish you'd left me alone!  She exits the studio, leaving Charles devastated.

Petofi asks Beth if she knows anything about I-Ching.  Quentin explained them to me, says Beth--they frightened me.  Petofi advises her, lose that fear, because I'm sending you through one of the 64 doors of change.  Beth looks scared.  I want you to describe your journey, says Petofi.  Is  it' dangerous? She asks.  It could be, he says, no one knows what lies beyond the door, but dangerous or not, you do it because I tell you to.  It's clear, says Beth.  Cast the wands, now! he orders.  She takes them nervously in her hand and throws them onto the table.  Petofi arranges the hexagram--#23--Po, the hexagram of falling.
This scares Beth.  Words mean nothing until you see what's beyond the door, says Petofi--concentrate, and tell me exactly what you see.  She starts to leave the room, but Petofi raises his hand--for the very last time that there is no turning back, he reminds her.  She returns to her seat.  This hexagram fascinates me, says Petofi--the top wand undivided would mean a chariot waiting to take the superior man wherever he wants to go.  Yes, that could be the one, the hexagram that will take me to the future!  Hurry, he says, concentrate on the door, on opening the door, until your astral body passes through the door.  Beth concentrates.  The wands twirl around, then appear on the door.  I can see the door, se says--it's opened.  Pass through it, he orders.  She does; it closes behind her.  What do you see? He asks.  She screams.  What is happening! He demands anxiously.  She takes a knife and stands, her face murderous, holding it as if to stab him.  "I'm going to kill you!" she cries.  No, he says, forcing her to drop it--you must tell me what lies beyond the door.  Shadows, she says, only shadows!  I'm puzzled by the meaning of shadows, he says, brushing the wands off the table, but feels it's best you recover yourself for the moment.  You've done well despite your fears, he praises, you will have other chances to serve me.  He locks her in his other room.

At the hotel, Tim talks to the creation--I know you understand me, he says and you can also speak if you want--still afraid, he realizes, but for the 100th time, you shouldn't be, I can keep you out of harm's way as long as it's necessary!  The creation sits, silent.  I promise you, says Tim, gazing out the window.  The creation, looking very sad, stands and looks at the door, then goes over and touches Tim on the shoulder.  Tim turns around, delighted--yes, you can trust me, I'll protect you, no harm will come to you--but tell me everything you can--everything!  The creation opens his mouth, about to spill all.
Tate enters and asks, "Are you sure about that, Mr. Shaw?"  How did you get in? demands Tim.  I was quiet, replies Tate, and you were occupied.  Just in time, says Tim--I've persuaded him to talk--he will talk.  Charles raises a gun and shoots the creation, who falls to the floor.

NOTES:  Poor creation, no name, no dialogue!  Life can be tough for a DARK SHADOWS bullseye!

The angst of Charles D. Tate holds little interest for me.  Neither does Amanda, really.  Where she came from, who she is, I just haven't seen enough of the character to feel much of anything for her.

Right now, I feel sorriest for the cute-looking nameless fella who was shot by Tate.

Love, Robin

203
840 - At the mill, Julia faces an enemy she has never seen before this night.  Petofi holds out his ugly hand, telling Julia, who is seated in a chair--this is the source of my power.  He introduces himself, and we learn that Aristede "so kindly" brought her to the mill.  I know who you are, says Julia.  My fame has preceded me, Dr. Hoffman, says Petofi.  What do you want? she asks.  I find you direct, remarks Petofi--are all women in your time are like that?--I'm fascinated by the future, but find it forbidding, considering everyone who's been there seems so reluctant to talk about it--why?--I can force you to tell me, he warns--I dislike using force on such short acquaintance, but will if I must--before this night is over, I intend to see what you so recently have seen--the glories of Collinwood in another time--I intend to leave this lamentable year tonight, and you will help him!  Julia's forehead creases.

I don't know why you think I can tell you how to get anywhere, says Julia.  Must I go through all this? he asks.  I'm a stranger here, she says.  You've memorized your story very well, he says--why is your hair is so short?--is it the fashion in 1969, or did you recently have a fever and get it cut off?  I don't need to tell you any of my story, she insists.  I already know it, says Petofi--you were found on the steps at Collinwood wearing a ridiculously short skirt, taken in a state of shock to the old rectory, where you were assisted by Barnabas and Quentin Collins.  Quentin told you, Julia realizes.  Quentin is a graceless liar, says Petofi--no, Dr. Hoffman, I don't rely on humans for information, which is why you will find it impossible to lie to me--you will help me!  I can't, she says.  We shall see, he promises, holding his hand close to her face, then retreating--I'm afraid we can't finish our conversation, someone is coming.  She rises anxiously from the chair.  "Not Barnabas Collins," says Petofi--don't be frightened, he tells her, putting his hand on her throat, when you find yourself unable to speak; I'll let you again when I want you to.  Julia struggles, grunting, but when he removes his hand, she can't speak.  He puts her in the same room that was Barnabas' prison for a while, saying he'll make sure she's comfortable.  Tate comes in, calling to Petofi--do you know that when I draw something that doesn't exist, it comes into being?--I've got to find out if you know!  Petofi joins him--you must stop your impromptu visits, he insists.  Why are you locking the door behind you? asks Tate.  It's none of your business, says Petofi.  I came to talk about myself, says Tate--what I was before we met each other.  You were a decidedly mediocre painter, answers Petofi.  You said the first time I met you, all he had to do was be loyal.  I never allowed you to be disloyal, says Petofi.  You let me discover the talent I had, somehow, says Tate.  I somehow supplied the talent that was lacking, counters Petofi. (ouch!)  Did you give me any other talents? asks Tate.  No, I thought one was enough, laughs Petofi--what is all this?  You don't know? Charles asks--about Amanda Harris?  We aren't discussing romantic nonsense, says Petofi--whatever mad, coincidental relationship there might be between your portrait and this girl, I am not interested--amused, perhaps, but your romantic life doesn't interest me.  Don't you want to KNOW? demands Tate.  What could be new about falling in love? asks Petofi--go home, Charles, please, go home and dream about Amanda Harris!  He laughs at Tate.

In Collinwood's drawing room, Quentin and Amanda are kissing passionately.  Catching her breath, she draws back as if someone has come into the room.  Why do you stay here? he demands--what's this game you're playing--the fallen woman in search of truth?  I didn't say it was that, says Amanda.  I wouldn't believe you if you had, says Q--you are here for a reason.  No, she protests.  Look at me, he commands.  She does.  I think you're quite capable of taking care of yourself, he says, strong enough without Trask's prayers.  Do you want me to leave this house? she asks.  No, of course not, he says gently--I just doesn't want you to get mixed up with Trask--perhaps you aren't aware of the way he looks at you, but I do.  He moves in closer and asks, what are you doing here?  I can't explain it to you, she says, because it started before I knew you--it made sense to me then, but I'm not sure it does now--please let me figure it out in my own way.  All right, he agrees, if you meet me tomorrow night after dinner, away from Trask's prying--in the garden?  I'll try, she promises.  He takes her hand in both of his and says, "No, none of that."  He kisses her fingers, asking, "Do you want to come?" (No, I won't touch that line with a 10-foot pole!)
She smiles, big, then says, "Yes, I want to come."  Then you will, says Quentin.  There's a knock at the door, interrupting them.  "That's what I mean," he says--"I'm not going to hide the fact that we're together!"  He answers the door.  It's Tate.  Quentin greets him, remarking, it's an odd hour to call.  I was near the house, says Tate.  And curious to see who was up? asks Q.  No, I saw a light, says Tate nervously, and thought Miss Harris might be--I must speak to her, it's very important.  I didn't even know you knew each other well enough for anything to be important, says Quentin.  Trask has asked me to paint Amanda's portrait, says Charles.  It's an ideal time to discuss it, says Q jealously--what's so important, the color of her gown?  Leave us, Amanda asks Quentin.  I don't have any other choice, says Q.  He kisses her hand, bids her good night, and leaves.  I must talk to her, insists Charles--I know EVERYTHING--because I know why you can't remember anything before March 11, 1895!

Amanda pays close attention--you know about me?--tell me, please!  It won't be easy, he warns--last time I was here, you told me about your memory gap--the date meant something to me, too, so I went back to my studio and found a painting I did March 11, 1895--the date was right on the painting...  What has that to do with me? she asks.  That painting was of you, he says.  You didn't know me, says Amanda--perhaps just someone who resembled me.  No, he says, it was a face of a woman I wanted to create.  He touches her face.  The face I wanted to see--your face.  She doesn't get it.  When I painted you, says Tate, you came into being.  "You're mad!" she cries.  Look at me, he says--do I look mad?  If you're not, it's the most romantic bit of nonsense I've ever heard in my life! She cries.
I can prove it, insists Tate--that night, I returned to the studio, unable to get you out of my mind--there's something I do when I want to forget something--I did a still life--when it was almost finished, I felt it was missing something to balance it, and I dreamed up a vase and sketched it--when I sketched it, that vase appeared on the table!  Tate's become very excited as he explains this.  You were hallucinating, says Amanda.  He pushes some books off a table--there's nothing on it, he says--I'm going to sketch a glass on that table.  He takes out a writing tablet and begins to scribble.  You need help, she says, you're obviously overworked.  Look at the table, he says, feverishly drawing a glass--describe the glass that's on the table!  There is no glass, she says.  He looks up--she's right.  NO! he yells, banging a fist on the table, showing Amanda the sketch--I DID sketch it!  She tries to leave.  I don't want to hear anymore about this, says Amanda.  Tate grabs her--come to my studio, he insists, you must see the portrait I painted--and the brooch!  Tate has noticed the brooch she's wearing and grown even more crazed.  She refuses to go to his studio.  Tate tries to forcibly take her.  She pulls away and runs upstairs, running into Quentin, who tries to stop her.  "Let go of me!" she wails, and dashes upstairs.  Quentin runs to Tate.  What did you do to her? he demands.  What I did to her started the day I met Count Petofi, says Charles, calmer but still very upset.  You're talking in circles, says Quentin.  No I'm not, says Tate--you'll understand, soon enough.  I don't think so, opines Quentin.  Yes, you will, predicts Charles, you've dealt with Petofi before--soon you're going to be doing things you won't understand yourself!  Quentin looks back at the artist, his face solemn, as if saying, believe me, I already know!

Abandoned mill - Petofi restores Julia's voice--you can speak now, he says.  She shakes her head, remaining silent.  "A woman who won't talk?" asks Petofi--perhaps you would like a further demonstration of my powers?--I knows how difficult it is to convince a stranger of my determination, but I have a sentence upon me, enemies I cannot fight, that I must escape--how did you transcend time?--how did Barnabas Collins?--what is the method you used?--I must know it now!  Julia remains tight-lipped and silent.  Do you want me to pass my hand over your face? he asks--Julia?  Her face twitches.  Then bring you a mirror? Adds Petofi--would you like not to recognize yourself?--I can cast a spell on you. . .   No, she mutters, no, as his hand comes closer.  She backs off, finally pushing his hand away and confessing, "I-Ching!"--that's how we came here, she admits.  Petofi smiles.

Quentin, in his room, drink in hand, looks at himself in the mirror, then at his portrait.  Petofi enters, asking, are you admiring yourself?--I want a small favor.  I don't really want to oblige you, says Quentin.  I want your I-Ching wands, says Petofi--I suspect you know Barnabas used them to get here--did you lie to me about it?--I'll mind it very much if you did.  I guessed last night, says Quentin--they're in the Old House basement, where Barnabas was when Edward locked him up--there you are, says Q through clenched teeth, you have your favor.  For the moment, at least, says Petofi.  It's the last favor, swears Quentin, we are finished, through, done!--you can take this portrait and get out, and I don't care what you do with it--I don't want to see you ever again!  You're a petulant little boy, accuses Petofi.  I'm a man who has betrayed a friend, cries Quentin, and allowed you to kidnap a woman who did nothing to you!  A conscience can be a very troublesome thing, says Petofi--shall I rid you of yours?  Get out or kill me! shouts Quentin, because I don't want to spend the rest of my days doing you favors.  "My dear boy," says Petofi, "you haven't even started."
Quentin looks at him, aghast, and asks, is there nothing I can do to get rid of you?  No, says Petofi.  Then I'll have to kill you, says Q.  You could try, says Petofi, there would be punishment for that, too, an unexpected relapse when you least expected it--no, Quentin, the full moon isn't necessary--it could happen anytime--I have many powers.  You won't control me, retorts Quentin.  I DO control you, says Petofi--we shall meet again, whatever happens tonight, we will meet again--"You are a slave, Quentin,"--you didn't used to be, but you are now--I, on the other hand, am always a master.  Petofi leaves, laughing uproariously.  As Quentin drinks, he remembers what Charles told him about Petofi--you'll soon be doing things you can't explain, even to yourself.  The words repeat, over and over, in his mind.  No, no! cries Quentin, covering his ears to blot it out.

Mill - Petofi holds the I-Ching wands.  Have you told me everything? he asks Julia.  Yes, she says, everything I know.  I shall feel quite at home in the unknown, he says, a man who has lived as long as I have doesn't have very much fear--I throw the wands on the table?  Yes, she says.  He does.  Now place them parallel, she says.  How like the Chinese, he remarks, to make something so complex on a simple set of wands.  They will form one of 64 hexagrams, she says.  Which is this one? he asks.  She checks the book--the third, the kune (?) hexagram.  What does it signify? he asks.  Great progress and success, she reads.  Petofi is pleased.  She reads--the kune shows how a plant struggles with difficulty out of the earth, gradually rising above the surface.  Quite perfect, says Petofi.  But the top line is divided, adds Julia--the horses of the chariot are obliged to retreat, there are weeping tears of blood.  Infuriated, Petofi grabs the book from her hand--I will hear no more, I want to begin! He insists--if there is any bloodshed tonight, it will be yours; Aristede stands guard outside the door, and one move from you, and he'll kill you.  Julia understands.  Sit down, she instructs--begin to concentrate on the hexagram--look for the door with the hexagram on it--the door will open and your astral body will journey through it.
Yes, into another time, says Petofi, I will make it happen!  Julia leans down--what's happening? she asks.  I can hear you, he says, sounding as if in a trance.  He sees the wands on the door, the image spins round and round.  I see the hexagram, he says, and the door, and beyond it lies the future.  He goes to the door, which opens.  He walks through; it closes behind him.  He sees a hand clasping the Golden Scimitar--it's hacking down threateningly, as if to take back his hand!  Petofi leans against the door, terrified.

NOTES:  Ha, ha, Petofi, you didn't get the 64th hexagram, so who could say for sure if you would end up in the future?  Serves you right for messing with Julia.  It's so good to see you don't have control over everything!  Nyah, nyah!

Excellent acting by Selby.  Watching his conscience kick in because he had to betray Barnabas was really something special, and his scenes with Petofi a delight to watch.

I don't care about Tate and Amanda, although his power to create things and people would be great to have.  Why didn't the glass appear when he drew it?  Does it have to be done in his studio to work?

Seems like Quentin and Amanda have already gotten their romance off the ground.  Poor Beth, discarded that way.  Can't really blame her for trying to kill him; he took her virginity, got engaged to Angelique and is now dallying with another.  Beth knew what Quentin was, so her assumption that they would marry was foolhardy.  Even if Angelique weren't in the picture, Beth had already been drawn out once he began his affair with Amanda.

Great seeing Julia again, and how easily Barnabas talked her into his scheme--he knows she will be able to cure him with substitutes, and be-damned the side effects of ancient medicine!  LOL!  The woman's in love, she knows what Barnabas wants to do is crazy, but she goes along.  You've got to love her loyalty in the face of the headstrong Barnabas' insistence that she do the impossible.

Why does Tate feel obligated to tell Amanda she was "born" from his paintbrush?  What does he expect to accomplish, except to upset her?  Even if she bought his wild story, does she really want to believe she has no life, was never born before he dreamed her up?


841 - Petofi looks at the sword, terrified--whoever you are, he says, you aren't empowered to destroy me--you're aiming for my throat when you should be going for my hand!  Begone and take that wretched thing with you! he orders.  It retreats.  We see the wands swirling around.  Gypsy swine, calls Petofi--scum of the earth, I must find a way, dark, everything dark!  His head falls to his chest.  Julia takes this opportunity to sneak away, but runs into Aristede on the stairs.  Is everyone in your time so foolish? He asks--you knew I was outside.  She backs away from him.  How did you expect to get past the door? He asks.  I don't want to be here, she says.  Sure, but neither does the Count, nor do I himself, says Aristede, but we have no choice until we master your secret, do we, Doctor?  Julia looks away, unnerved.  Do we? he repeats.  There is no secret, insists Julia.  Petofi and I don't believe you, says Aristede, who checks his master and is alarmed to find him barely breathing.  I have done nothing to him, says Julia, he's in the deepest part of the trance.  You aren't a doctor, accuses Aristede--I think you're trying to kill him.  Why are you so frightened? asks Julia--are you afraid Petofi isn't as immortal as you believed?  Angry, Aristede lifts her up--answer my question, he demands--who or what are you?  I told you the truth, she says--Petofi is beyond the door, which he knew when he started.  If something tragic should occur, DOCTOR, warns Aristede, you might as well expect to be as good as dead!  He shoves her away from him and returns to Petofi, who seems to be in a coma-like sleep.  The wands swirl...around again; we see the metal door swing open once more.  Petofi stands before a curtain; we hear the sound of religious chanting.  He's in a vast place, candles all over.  He looks at items on a table, and one is the box that contained his hand.  He opens it and closes it.  A gypsy tribunal, he realizes, and it's me they are coming for!
He opens double doors and faces down a huge image of Barnabas, fangs bared at him.  Quickly, he closes the door and opens another to find flames.  (shades of the Dream Curse!)  He sees the wands on the far wall and hurries from them, lifting his hand, then wrapping it around his own throat--he's strangling himself!  Julia and Aristede hear Petofi choking.  He seems to be having a stroke! cries Aristede--do something, Doctor! he begs Julia.  Petofi comes out of it on his own.  Can you hear me? asks Aristede.  Petofi breathes heavily, reaching for his own throat with his hand.  He begins strangling himself, choking, and falls to the sofa, his hand clutched fast in a death grip to his own throat!

Aristede tries to pull Petofi's hand from his throat and finally succeeds.  Check him, Aristede orders Julia.  He's alive, Julia assures him.  Revive him at once, says Aristede.  Julia nervously suggests, let him stay this way for a while.  Revive him, Aristede insists--I want to know what happened and who is responsible!

Barnabas stands in the woods.  We hear the susurrus of ocean waves.  Beth leaves the house with some clothing.  He watches, hides as she passes by, then calls out to her.  She turns, startled, and asks what he wants.  I was on my way to the Old House to look for you, he explains, I need your help.  What for? she asks--have to go to the village to see Mrs. Fillmore, I have some things to bring to the child.  It's extremely important, he pleads, someone's life is involved.  I'm very tired of being involved in other people's lives, says Beth.  Barnabas gently apologizes--I'm sorry for what happened between you and Quentin.  It's over now, she says, tight-lipped, proud--I don't want to speak of it.  Help me this one time, begs Barnabas.  Why ask? she says, force me, you've imposed your will on me before.  I never meant to hurt you, he says.  No, neither did Quentin, she says bitterly.  You may go if you wish, says Barnabas, I won't stop you.  Get Magda or Quentin to help you, she says.  I can't find Magda, says Barnabas (ask Grayson Hall!), and I have reason to believe Quentin can't be trusted right now.  Beth thinks it over--what do you want me to do? she asks.  I'm almost certain my friend has been abducted by Petofi, says Barnabas.  This shocks Beth.  Go there, asks Barnabas--find out if Julia's all right, where she is being kept-- then come back and tell me.  I'm terrified of that man! objects Beth.  This friend is very important to me, pleads Barnabas (go, Julia!) and I can't go to Petofi because he has me marked for death--confirm my suspicions--you can do that without being seen--will you, Beth?
She looks like she's going to cry, but agrees--I'll try.

Aristede hands Petofi his glasses--are you all right? the servant asks his master.  Petofi sits down and brushes the wands off the table.  Incensed, he turns to Julia.  Are you a player of games? He asks accuses.  I don't understand, says Julia.  You tried to trick me, says Petofi, have been lying from the beginning--perhaps this isn't the way you transcended time.  It IS the way, she assures him.  You could hardly use it without a thorough knowledge of it, could you? he asks.    No, she says.  Tell Aristede what happened when I opened the door, demands Petofi.  I have no way of knowing that! says Julia.  What was it, Excellency? asks Aristede.  You don't know what I encountered beyond the door? Petofi asks Julia.  It was your experience, not mine! She cries.  I did it under your supervision, you were in control! He says.  No, YOU were, corrects Julia--you threw the wands!  Why didn't I go to the future? Petofi shouts, and instead found myself at a Natotsy tribunal?  I don't know who they are, she replies.  Aristede knows, and is shocked.  They are the most ferocious band of gypsies the world has ever known, explains Petofi--their name means men of the woods, but wild beast would be more like it--no, Doctor, he says, you can stop pretending--we can play games, too, and you'll find them most unpleasant.  I am aware of your power and how dangerous you can be, she says--I'm not tricking you.  My patience is waning, he says--I'll give you one last chance to tell me everything you know about the I-Ching and how it can take me to the future, but before you answer, look at Aristede--why do you think I employ him?  I don't understand what that has to do with me, says Julia.  Fair question, agrees Petofi--in point of fact, I need no servant, nor is he an intellectual giant; he abhors all forms of culture, why do I keep him on?--because I shun all forms of violence--can't stand the sight of blood--Aristede has no such scruples.  Julia realizes where this is leading.
He revels in every form of torture and bloodshed known to the mind of man, continues Petofi--I think he's even invented a few himself--he kills without the slightest feeling for his victim.  Aristede smiles proudly.  He will kill you, Dr. Hoffman, says Petofi, if you don't tell me what I want to know.  Julia shakes her head--I've told you everything I know!  Dispose of her as you like, Petofi tells Aristede--"Goodbye, Doctor," says the Count, and leaves.  Aristede smiles in eager anticipation.

In the room that once housed Barnabas' coffin, Aristede ties Julia to a chair.  "I thought your kind had gone out with the Middle Ages," says Julia, her voice trembling.  Petofi wasn't bluffing, Aristede assures her.  I'd have given him the information he wanted, says Julia--if I had it to give.  Aristede checks her bonds.  What are you going to do to me? she asks.  I was thinking that over while securing the ropes, he says.  I'm sure you haven't run out of creative ideas, says Julia bitterly.  No, I have several in mind, he admits, but haven't chosen which I'll use.  Julia's terrified, lips trembling.  Beth sneaks downstairs in Petofi's lair as Julia says, how foolish a young man you are, so devoted to Petofi, you're too blind to realize how much he despises you.  Beth listens at the closed door.
Aristede chastises Julia for the old trick of trying to turn friends against each other--I know everything I am to him.  "What are you?--not a man, certainly," says Julia (what does THAT mean?)  Aristede, angry, says, I'll enjoy killing you--the pleasure may be unbearable!  "Where are you going?" asks Julia.  Beth hurries away from her eavesdropping posture, back toward the steps.  Don't sound so worried! says Aristede, I won't leave you alone.  Beth hides.  I've settled on the method I'll use, says Aristede, but I must gather some materials--I'll leave the door open, in case you get. . .lonely?  And he leaves, laughing, heading to the cupboard to get some items.  As he returns to Julia, Beth races out.  Aristede, unraveling some rope from a spool, suggests, you're going to die of curiosity before I even get to you!--and seems pleased by the prospect.  Julia gasps in dismay.

Woods - Beth returns to tell Barnabas--Julia IS at the mill, she reveals, about to be killed--you must go there right away!--Petofi isn't there.   I'm very grateful to you, says Barnabas, and rushes off.  Aristede, having completed his Rube Goldberg set-up, offers to tell Julia how it works.  He cocks a gun that is pointed directly at Julia and hooked up to a simple device.  "I can see how anxious you are," says Julia, near tears in her terror.  The device is simple, explains Aristede--one end of the string is attached to the trigger, the other to the door--when the door is open, it pulls the string, which fires the pistol--and you die.  Her voice shaking, Julia disses, I thought Petofi said your imagination was great for this sort of thing.  The creative part comes along later, brags Aristede, after I'm gone--we believe someone will try to rescue you--we're hoping it's Barnabas-- it would only be fitting for him to be your executioner.  He takes a handkerchief from his pocket and stuffs it in Julia's protesting mouth.  "Goodbye, Dr. Hoffman," he chortles and affixes the string to the outside of the door.  Barnabas comes downstairs.  "Where is she?" he demands.  My dear Mr. Collins, greets Aristede.  Tell me where she is or I'll kill you! warns Barnabas.  I don't know who you're talking about, says Aristede.  Julia listens from the other room, despair on her face (SPIT OUT THE GAG!)  Julia Hoffman, says Barnabas--you have her here.  You're mistaken, says Aristede, I've been alone.  What about that room? asks Barnabas.  There's no one in there, says Aristede.  You won't mind if I look, says Barnabas.  No reason to, says Aristede innocently.  Barnabas goes to the door.  Aristede bears a hasty retreat.  Barnabas opens the door; we hear a shot!  He enters to find the rope between doorknob and gun broken.  Julia is slumped in the chair.  Has he killed her?

NOTES:  You've got to love Aristede's idea, not only is he killing his victim, he's forcing her friend to be the executioner.  It was nice that Beth agreed to help Barnabas without coercion (I thought she was leaving town when I saw the bag she was carrying).  She really is sweet, and perhaps too good for Quentin.  Petofi is an impatient SOB.  He can't conceive of the idea that he could have made a mistake with the I-Ching, or that he is actually responsible for where he goes once he throws the wands, only that Julia must have lied to him.  Can you imagine how Barnabas feels right now, believing he's killed Julia?

Love, Robin

204
838 - Angelique's intro tells us that Quentin avoids contact with other human beings--only six more hours remain to this day.  He has locked himself in his room, waiting for either salvation or death.  Six more hours, thinks Quentin, it can't happen, Jamison would never turn me away--and who would try to kill me tonight?   Petofi knocks at his door.  Of course, Quentin figures, HE could be the executioner.  Petofi continues to knock--I must speak to you, he insists, you must let me in.  Quentin walks further away from the door, trying to decide.  We see a close-up of an 1897 calendar, homing in on September 10th.

Quentin nervously licks his lips, wondering, is it safe to let Petofi in?  It's imperative you open the door, says the Count.  Quentin walks slowly toward the door and, without opening it, asks, what do you want?  Petofi explains--Charity came to me several hours ago--she said she had a vision in which she foresaw you dying before the end of the day.  Are you really surprised by what she told me? asks Quentin.  I was, indeed, says Petofi--I want to guide you safely through this dangerous night.  This gives Quentin a sick chuckle--YOU guide me safely?--how to I know you aren't my killer?  I wouldn't harm you, Petofi assures him.  I'll believe that, says Quentin--tomorrow!  Do you refuse my help? Asks Petofi  I'm safe in my room, behind a locked door, says Quentin.  See that you stay there until after midnight, advises Petofi--good luck.  Thanks for the concern, says Quentin sarcastically.  Petofi exits Quentin's living quarters.  Jamison watches him go, then enters the outer room himself and knocks at Quentin's door.  It won't do you any good; Petofi, cautions Quentin, I'm not opening the door.  "Quentin, it's Jamison, let me in," says the boy.  Quentin opens the door (idiot!), lets his nephew in, then closes it.  Thank you, says Jamison, for helping me get better--I haven't spoken to you since I was ill (?)  You don't have to thank me, says Q, I'd never let anything happen to you.  He kneels so he and Jamison are eye to eye--do you know that? he asks.  Of course, says Jamison--we're best friends--I've missed seeing you, you've spent so much time away from Collinwood--why?  Lots of reasons, says Quentin--after tonight, I'd like to spend more time at Collinwood--and with you.  Jamison, delighted, says, I'd love that!  This pleases Quentin.  Is something  wrong? asks the boy--the way you were, you didn't seem yourself.  I haven't been, for a few days, admits Quentin--I've been thinking about the long hikes we took, the games we played, how we used to pretend to be two different people--do you remember? Of course I do, says Jamison--they were such happy times.  Quentin is relieved to hear him speak this way.  Why can't it be that way again? Jamison asks.  You'd really like that, wouldn't you? asks Quentin.  Of course I would, replies Jamison.
Maybe it will be, after tonight, promises Q, kneeling and holding Jamison in his hands.  Quentin stands, pinches his nephew's cheek, and says, You've made me feel better already--I don't feel like being cooped up any longer.  Together, they leave.  (OH, NO!)

It's 8 PM.  Quentin heads downstairs, a spring in his step.  Beth joins him--where have you been? she asks.  I was working in my room, he says.  (uh oh, deja vu, folks!)  Every time I want to see you, you've been busy, complains Beth--I just want to know why you've been ignoring me.  I've been really busy, he answers evasively, but doesn't look at her--family affairs have been taking up all of my time.  Beth doesn't understand--you didn't used to concern yourself about such things.  As in the ghost-Beth's explanation to Julia, Quentin angrily retorts--it's happening now, and I don't see why you can't understand that--I'm still a Collins.  That wasn't what I meant! protests Beth.  I don't care what you mean, he retorts.  Beth is hurt.  I don't want to talk about it, he says, I can't--and he goes upstairs.  Angelique opens the double doors and asks Beth into the drawing room for a "frank conversation."  Once inside, Angelique breaks Beth's heart by telling her, "I am engaged to Quentin."
The scene plays out exactly as the ghostly Beth related to Julia--Beth runs from the room, sobbing; Angelique declares that you'll get over it in time, everyone does.  It's 8:10.

10:10 - Beth, looking sad and miserable, sits in her room with the bottle labeled POISON.  The same scene plays out (two for one, Curtis obviously used the same exact scenes in both episodes).  Jamison comes to her room, shows her the puzzle, and figures out she is going to take poison because of Quentin's betrayal and engagement to Angelique.  He makes her promise not to take the poison, takes her hand and assures her he'll come back later--"There's something I must do."  Beth withdraws a handkerchief from her dresser to wipe her eyes and comes across the gun.

Angelique and Quentin play out their scene--she reveals that she told Beth where she stood, believing it her duty, and the two of are caught by Jamison in mid kiss.  He demands to speak to Quentin.  When Angelique leaves the room, they have the fight about Quentin's engagement to Angelique.  Jamison can't understand why his uncle is marrying someone else when he claims to love Beth, and reveals the lather's intention to kill herself.  Quentin explains he's too young to understand--it's a grown-up thing.  All I understand, says Jamison, is that you have hurt someone I love--I don't want to speak to you anymore, nor see you, or have anything to do with you--"I HATE YOU, QUENTIN!" he screams, perhaps sealing his uncle's fate.  I did it for you! Quentin yells after him, to save your life--"I loved you, Jamison," says Quentin, looking at the chiming clock.  It's 9 PM, and he's been rejected by the one person he truly loves.  Quentin, terrified, locks himself in the drawing room.

Beth rises from her bed and takes the gun in her hand.  She hides it under her shawl, a determined look on her face.

Quentin paces the drawing room and hears the clock chime midnight.  It's over, he tells himself, relieved.  He hears Beth knock at the door and eagerly lets her in.  The clock is just chiming midnight as he says, I'm so sorry, I didn't want to hurt you, I tried to tell you, but couldn't find the strength.  He takes her in his arms, explaining gently, I didn't have any other choice.  "Forgive me, Beth," he says, holding her close.  "Forgive me."  He realizes that she's pointing something at him and quickly releases her, backing away in horror as he sees the gun.  "It's you!" he says.  "No!"

You don't know what you're doing! Insists Quentin desperately.  Yes, I do, she says angrily--I almost killed myself because of you, but now I have to save myself--as long as you're alive, I'll love you, I can't help myself, but I can't accept seeing you with another woman!  This isn't the answer, he says.  It's the answer for ME, counters Beth.
--I'm thinking like you now, I'm going to just look after myself and do what's best for me.  She's just about to shoot him when Petofi, standing in the doorway, demands, Beth give me the pistol.  No, says Beth petulantly.  He reaches out his deformed but powerful hand and takes the gun from Beth.  She retreats to a chair, crying.  "Well, my boy," says Petofi, "are you ready to trust Petofi now?"  I never dreamed it would be her, says Quentin ruefully.  Considering the number of women you've scorned, says Petofi, it's incredible this hasn't happened before--go to your room and pour yourself a drink--I'll be with you after I attend to Miss Chavez.  Quentin leaves.  Petofi goes to the crying Beth--leave Collinwood as soon as possible, he advises--your part in this drama has been played out, and it would be most unwise for you to stay any longer.  He leaves.  Beth cries hysterically, unable to believe her love for Quentin has come to this.

Quentin, in his room, pours himself a drink.  He invites Petofi in when he knocks, and thanks the Count for saving his life.  "Your life was never really in danger, once I decided to change your fate," says Petofi.  Why did you? asks Quentin.  I already told you, I like you, says Petofi and now I've come to ask for my price--to perform a very great service for me--since Barnabas is such a great friend of yours, I want you to find out how he came to 1897 from the future, and how he intends to return--he can't know you are doing this for me.  In other words, you want me to become an informer--no, says Quentin.  You can refuse me nothing now, says Petofi.  If it's payment you want for saving my life, says Q, I'll do whatever I think is reasonable.  You'll do whatever I tell you, insists Petofi--you don't understand the extent of my influence on your life--if not for me, you'd have been prowling the woods last night, looking for another victim--I prevented that, doing what no other living soul could ever do--I ended your curse.  I don't believe that, says Quentin.  Then why didn't you change last night? queries Petofi.  I don't know, admits Quentin.  Didn't things become clearer when you came home and saw your portrait last night? asks the Count  That portrait wasn't of me, says Q..
It was, says Petofi--it had the face of the werewolf because the moon was full.  "You mean..." asks Quentin.  Look at your portrait now, advises Petofi, see what I mean.  Quentin turns and takes out the portrait in his closet, which now looks like his normal self.  "The portrait changed, Quentin, and you did not," explains Petofi--"What would you give if you could always look as that portrait looks now?"  Anything, says Q.  "And so it shall be," says Petofi.  "You'll find the betrayal of a friend is a small price to pay for what I can offer you--you're impressed, I can see it--you've decided to join me and betray Barnabas Collins--and a very wise decision it is, too--yes, my dear boy, now you belong to Petofi, and who knows, perhaps to the ages!"

NOTES:  Talk about a devil's bargain, whoa, baby, which way will Quentin go with this one?  It's true, Petofi has saved his life and lifted his curse, giving him immortality in the bargain, but will the new, improved Quentin really accept Petofi as lord and master?  Stay tuned.

I wondered why Barnabas wasn't with Quentin during this all-important evening, but I assume he was with Julia.  You would think he would have at least sent Magda to check and see what's going on and report back to him, but his influence was no where in sight.  Excellent scenes between Thayer David and David Selby, and between David Henesy and Selby.


839 - Quentin stands outside the rectory, thinking to himself, "That's where Barnabas is--where he waits for me--can I betray him?  A wolf howls.  What if I don't?  Petofi...I'll leave Collinwood, he'll never find me, all will be different, and Barnabas safe.  And I, what will I, Quentin, be?  He hears a rustling in the woods and looks away.

Quentin looks up and sees a hideous wolf's head staring back at him.  It disappears, but--I know I must do it, I must!  He goes on.

Barnabas rubs his hands together nervously.  Julia lies in bed.  He calls to her--surely you remember me, Barnabas, he reminds her.  She opens her eyes, but still looks blank.  He shows her the letter he wrote her--surely you remember finding it--you had it with you when they found you outside Collinwood--you came back in time to help me, you must try.  She touches the letter and says, "The letter."  You read this in the future, he says, and now you're back in 1897.  The clock strikes one.  Julia says, "One o'clock."  This September 10th is past, Barnabas tells her.  David, she murmurs, upset.  What about him? asks Barnabas, begging her, try to remember.  Barnabas hears Quentin call him.  Come upstairs! he yells.  "Thank God you're alive," says Barn.  Quentin indicates Julia and asks if she's out of it yet.  No, says Barnabas.  Charity was right, says Q, Beth tried to kill me--I deserved it, I couldn't explain that while I have no feelings for Angelique, I must marry her.  What stopped Beth from killing you? asks Barnabas.  Petofi, says Quentin, he just happened to come into the drawing room at the right time.  Do you feel grateful to him? asks Barnabas.  I'd be grateful to anyone who did that, says Q.  He isn't anyone, Barnabas reminds him--nor has he done anything FOR anyone, without expecting something in return--come to me if he makes any demands on you, says Barnabas.  I will, Quentin assures him.  Are you sure? asks Barn.  Of course, says Q, why wouldn't I be?  Julia stirs, moaning.  Barnabas goes over to her.  Quentin is all right, Barnabas says--do you understand?  Julia begins to cry.  Quentin asks why.  Oh, no the wreath on the door, mutters Julia--Elizabeth, Carolyn, don't cry, Carolyn, don't cry.  Barnabas asks, why is Carolyn crying?  Don't run out of the room, Carolyn, begs Julia, stay, Elizabeth, Roger...  Barnabas tells Quentin--Julia is watching the family in the future, watching them this very minute--she is caught in time, trapped between two worlds, she isn't able to see or do anything about what's happening--tell us what you're seeing, Julia!  The door...the door with the funeral wreath, mutters Julia. . .Roger...  We see a funeral wreath hanging on a door, Roger with tears in his eyes.  He enters the room where David is laid out--David is dead.  David is dead! repeats Barnabas.  Roger stands looking at his dead son.  "You did not want to go with Quentin," says Roger, "I know that, David.  A part of you that you still controlled wanted to stay with us, but he was too strong, his power was too great, my son.  Now you have joined him--may you have peace at last--may you BOTH have peace."  Roger starts to walk away, covering his face with his hand in sorrow.  David's hand drops from his chest--he awakens!  Roger turns.  David calls to his father--what am I doing here like this? Asks the boy.  Roger holds him.  "Oh, my son, oh thank God!" he cries.
"They're gone," says David, "Quentin and Beth have gone, forever!  I was with them!"  Julia rises from the pillow, laughing, repeating, "David is all right!"  Barnabas is relieved.  Quentin asks what it means--"Quentin is gone, what does that mean?  What?"

You must tell me, demands Quentin.  Julia calls Barnabas.  He goes to her, assuring her everything is all right--"You're here with us in the past."  Julia looks around, asking if it's the 10th of September.  He's saved, Barnabas assures her, this is Quentin, and he's no ghost.
Julia stares nervously at Q, he looks back.  You look the same, she says, but there's no evil in your face.  "You saw me in the year you came from?" asks Quentin disbelievingly.  Yes, she says, you were with David just before...  David's all right, says Q quickly--you told us that.  Barnabas nods.  How can we believe you? asks Quentin, no one can come back to life (considering Quentin himself did, when resurrected from zombiehood by Angelique, this is NOT something Quentin would say).   Someone could, says Barnabas, if the reason for David's death was eliminated--since you didn't die, there is no ghost, David was never possessed.  I can't live from now until then, protests Q.  How do you know you won't? asks Barn--and even if you should die, you will not have the obsession with David you had.  Why DID I have it? demands Q.  What happened yesterday with Jamison? asks Barnabas--tell me!  Quentin looks evasive.  Did he reject you, Quentin? queries Barn.  Yes, admits Q.  And what are you going to do about it today?  Make him change his mind, says Q defiantly--I'll do anything, I've got to make him understand.  If you'd died last night, says Barnabas, you wouldn't have been able to make that effort, even beyond the grave, you would not have rested, would always have wanted Jamison's love and approval--when you saw David, he was Jamison's reincarnation for you.  Then that means, says Q, I have what no other man has ever had--a second chance.  See that you take it, Quentin, advises Barnabas.  Why did Beth's ghost disappear from 1969, too? asks Q.  Julia reveals that Beth killed herself just after killing you--that's what her spirit told me.  Collinwood is free of its spirits, says Barnabas.  What about the skeleton in my room? Quentin asks.  What skeleton? asks Julia.  Quentin explains that when Jamison was possessed by David, he told me he found my room sealed, and there was a skeleton sitting in the chair beside the desk--if those bones aren't mine, whose are they?  Barn says we'll have to wait and find out about that.  Who would die in my room, speculates Quentin--and seal the room?  We can't answer all the questions tonight, cautions Barnabas.  So, says Q, it seems all my life, I've caused trouble--I really hate having come back and continued after my death.  He excuses himself--I don't want to talk about it--thank you, Barnabas.  Julia, I'm glad you're feeling better--I hope you will tell me about the world you know--Barnabas was very secretive about it.  Don't say anything to anyone about this, cautions Barnabas.  "Who would I tell?" asks Q, and leaves.  Julia rises from bed.  I feel sorry for Quentin, she remarks.  Do you? asks Barnabas.  Is that wrong? she queries--what is it?  I have a feeling something has happened to him, says Barnabas.  "He's just lived instead of died!" points out Julia.  Perhaps it is just the shock, agrees Barn, I hope so.  At least we can go back, says Julia, and you must come back with me.  Neither of us is going back, insists Barnabas.  Julia argues--you accomplished what you came here to do--David is free of Quentin.  But there's still Chris, Barnabas reminds her, still a werewolf--Chris must be a great-grandson of Quentin's.  This shocks Julia.  Quentin has a baby girl, Lenore, explains Barnabas--she's been rejected by the family, but I'll explain that later--the curse applies only to male heirs, and the only male descendant of Lenore is Chris.  (what about poor Tom?)  What can we do to save Chris now? asks Julia.  Quentin didn't change to the wolf when the moon was full this month, says Barnabas, and I must find out why--something to do with a Count Petofi--if I can learn what happened, I can save Chris.  I don't want you to take this chance any longer, insists Julia--you've been lucky, but that could stop.  Yes, my luck nearly has--everyone knows what I am, he says.  "And they're hunting you?" asks Julia, gasping--let's both go back!  NO! he says in his anal retentive manner.  There something I haven't told you, says Julia--when you left, concentrating on the door, your body remained there.  I expected that, says Barnabas.  It disappeared the other night, she says, the night before last, the night I found the letter, which was the only reason I knew you were still alive.  Edward came down to the basement and scattered the wands, says Barnabas--the spell was broken.  "And your body disappeared in the future?" asks Julia--what if you can't get back--what if your body disappearing means that?--we must try to get back together, that way, it might work.  Not while Petofi is still here, insists Barnabas, Quentin won't admit it, but Petofi is determined to control him--I know it--Petofi has already threatened to extinguish the whole family, to kill Quentin, and if that happens, there will be no family, no Quentin, no Collins family, ever!--I know what Petofi is capable of, I must deal with him here, or I'll have to in the future--so you are going to stay here with me!  Julia looks up at him and fondly, resignedly, says, "I always lose with you, don't I?"  (Yes, honey...cause you're in love!)  All right, what do you want me to do? she asks.  I want you to cure me of vampirism, says Barnabas, so I can live in the daytime and deal with Petofi.  I can't do that, says Julia, I don't have the right drugs.  "Don't fight with me!" shouts Barnabas, getting right in her face--"You will use substitutes!"  Impossible, she insists.  He hands her a period dress and tells her of Evan Hanley, who practices the black arts--go to him as a member of the New York coven--when you introduce yourself to him, he will know you (how?) and be afraid not to cooperate--he will help you quickly get what you need--"Now this is what you are to say to him," he says, handing her the dress.

Quentin listens to his music, drinking, looking a lot, for a moment, like Abe Lincoln.  Edward, in night clothes, comes in.  Turn down that infernal racket! orders Edward.  Quentin pours himself another drink and says, swaying, "Don't you sound grim, brother.  Dance to it.  Music is to dance to."  Edward calls his dancing brother disgraceful and turns off the music.  No, the tune is quite melodious, insists Q.  I'm talking of you, says Edward, why are you drunk again?  Do you really want me to tell you, brother mine? asks Quentin--tonight, for once, I can
--I have a conscience, brother mine--that surprise you?--it almost does me--I did something that I shouldn't have done--(self hatred creeps into his voice, and his eyes gleam with anger) whatever I did, I shouldn't have done it.  That's why I'm drunk tonight, brother.  He breaks the glass in his hand, with difficulty.  Edward looks really concerned.

3:30 AM - Julia prepares an injection to administer to Barnabas, who has his sleeve rolled up.  It may be painful; she warns, if I had known, I'd have brought my equipment with me--Evan was helpful, not my favorite person, but very helpful, he woke a druggist who was a close friend.  Barnabas winces as she injects him. You got everything you needed? He asks.  No, I had to make some substitutions--this may not work, she warns--you must face that--even if it does, it will be another unknown voyage for you--the change in drugs could affect you any number of ways, and I'll have to keep close watch on you until dawn.  Barnabas shrubs into his overcoat--I must see Quentin, he insists.  You must have another injection tonight, she objects--I can't give you too much all at once.  I'll come back, he promises, but I must see Quentin right away about something.
Julia looks extremely worried.

We see Quentin's portrait, and the man himself, drinking, thinking how I'd said to myself how much I'd like to look like that always--I don't ever want to see that face again!  Barnabas comes knocking at his door--when Q lets him in, he tells him to lock it.  Quentin remarks how my cousin likes to take chances.  Barn says I must see you about the portrait.  Quentin drunkenly recommends the artist, Charles Delaware Tate, a master of realism.  Barnabas takes the drink from his hand--sober up, he insists--I saw the painting when the moon was full--it changed but you yourself didn't--why didn't you change?  "The gods laugh sometimes," says Q bitterly.  That's no reason, says Barnabas.  There is none, then, says Q.  There is, insists Barnabas--did you ask Tate?  He can give no reason, says Q.  Did you see Petofi? Asks Barnabas.  No, why would I? asks Q, looking away from his cousin.  Because you know that he was a werewolf and isn't one now, says Barnabas.  "I also know that he's an enemy!" says Quentin angrily, "and an enemy doesn't give kindness or explanations, now that's alllll there is to it, Barnabas--m throat is parched, I have talked too much tonight!"  He holds up his drink as if in a bitter toast.  "You're in charge of finding my mystery, you find out why I didn't change, you discover the secret of the portrait."  Quentin pours more booze.  "I'm tired of secrets, I'm tired of living this way, I want to be decent again, I want to be normal again!  I want to be myself again."  And he drinks.

Thunder rolls.  It's 4:35 AM.  Barnabas returns to the rectory to find it Julia gone, the room a shambles.  "Julia!" he cries--but she's gone!

NOTES:  Julia kidnapped!  So exciting!  We know Quentin did a bad bad thing, and whatever he did, something bad happened to Julia.  Love how Barnabas argued Julia into helping him, against her better judgment.  Love is a tough thing, but Barnabas loves his family, and Julia, who has obviously grown to love the Collinses in the future, loves him for that.

What will happen to Julia now?  To Barnabas?  Will they force Barnabas to give in to their demands using Julia as bait?

How did you like Quentin's little pity party?  Is he becoming a better or worse human being?  He wishes he could be HIMSELF again.  Was that Quentin necessarily a decent guy?

What will become of poor Beth now?

Love, Robin

205
836 - Julia stands nervously in Collinwood's foyer, begging, appear to me, Quentin--I must speak to you.  She calls up the stairs, but when she receive no response, she slowly ascends the stairs.

Candle in hand, Julia goes up to the tower, still begging Quentin, speak to me!  She hears a door opening, and goes in.  She asks, "Are you in this room?  Is it you I feel?"  The door closes, locking Julia in.  She starts going to the door, but stops when she hears a woman's voice telling her to wait.  We see a silhouette against the lightning outside.  The woman tells Julia, you must go away--he will not show himself to you.  Who are you? asks Julia.  Beth drifts out of the darkness and says, my name would mean nothing to you.  Julia holds up the candle--I know you, she says, you were a servant in this house.  Listen, Beth begs--you must not stay here.  You have helped us before, says Julia, given us your guidance--she you have GOT to get Quentin to speak to me now.  No, answers Beth.  It's more important now than ever that you help us, pleads Julia.  There's nothing more I can do, wails Beth, he cannot be reasoned with!  Why? asks Julia, what is he doing, why does he want to destroy David?  "He loved the child," says Beth, and sees David as Jamison's reincarnation--Jamison was one person on earth Quentin truly loved, and before he died, Jamison rejected him, the worst blow Quentin ever suffered
---in death, his spirit could not rest, and he'd settle for nothing less than Jamison's forgiveness and love.  We might be able to help him get what he wants, says Julia.  No one can do that, insists Beth.  Yes, there may be a way of me going back to the past to right the wrongs, says Julia, but I must know one thing--who killed Quentin?  It's very difficult for me, says Beth.  Help us! cries Julia, if you care anything for David Collins!

It happened in Collinwood on the 10th day of September, 1897, begins Beth, and we flash back to that day. . .Quentin comes downstairs.  Beth hurries out and asks, where have you been--I've been looking for you all day.  Evasively, Quentin says I was in my room, doing some work--I've been busy, concerned with family affairs that have been taking up all my time, he adds brusquely.  That never happened before, she says, this concern with family affairs.  "WELL, IT'S HAPPENING NOW!" shouts Quentin, and I don't see why you can't understand, I am a Collins.  She tries to apologize--I didn't mean it--but he won't let her.  I don't care what you mean, he says cruelly, I can't talk about it now.  He runs upstairs,d away from her.  Beth begins to cry.  Angelique asks Beth into the drawing room for a "frank conversation." Beth joins Angelique, who closes the doors.  He didn't mean to hurt you, says Angelique, it's just his way--I'm sure he's quite fond of you.  More than fond, insists Beth, puzzled--Quentin and I are going to be married.  Will the family allow that? asks Ang.  The family has nothing to say about it, says Beth haughtily, it's up to me and Quentin to decide--and we've decided, which is none of your business.  Beth starts to leave the room in a huff.  I wanted to break the news gently, says Ang but you aren't making it easy on me.  What news? asks Beth.  Since Quentin hasn't told you, I must--the reason he's been avoiding you lately is because "he's become quite involved with me--and he is going to marry me."  Beth is stunned.  I'm sorry  to have to tell you this way, says Angelique--if there's anything I can do...  Beth's face crumples, she screams out, "NO!" and runs off.  As Angelique closes the doors, she says, "You'll get over it in time, my dear, everyone does."  (Like you ever did!)

Julia asks Beth's ghost, what did you do and where did you go after the confrontation with Angelique?  I cried in my room for what seemed like days, says Beth, and when I stopped crying, I knew someone would die that night...

Go on, encourages Julia, WHO was going to die?  I was, says Beth--I had been in love with Quentin from the first time I saw him--I was afraid to admit it to myself, he was a member of the family and I a servant--once I admitted it, and knew he loved me, too, he became my whole reason for being.  We flash back to Beth, sitting on her bed in her room.  Now that he had turned me away, I felt I had no reason to live any longer.  On a table, Beth has a bottle labeled poison and beside it, a glass of water.  She takes the bottle into her hand and unstops it, but before she can add it to the water, she has a visitor, Jamison, who wants to see her.  She tries to send him away, claiming she's tired, but he petulantly tells her he has something to show her--and it will make you proud of me.  Agony in her eyes, Beth puts the cork back in the bottle and hides it in her hand.  Jamison has a puzzle she gave him to figure out.  She was sure he wouldn't be able to find all the figures in it, but he has, and shows it to her--I took a pencil and outlined each of them.  Beth, beginning to cry, says, I'm very proud, it's wonderful.  Jamison, alarmed, asks what's the matter--why are you crying?  I can't talk about it, she sobs.  She has exposed the bottle in her hand, and Jamison spots it.  She grabs it into her hand.  It's nothing, she says, just a bottle.  He pries it from her hand.  "Beth, this is poison!" he cries--"What were you going to do with it?"  Oh, Jamison! she sobs.  You're going to kill yourself, he realizes--why?  You're so young, Beth says. you can't know how I feel.  About what? asks the boy.  "Quentin...and me," she responds.  What about you? asks Jamison.  "Quentin and I were going to be married," she explains, "and now he's marrying Angelique."  It can't be true, insists Jamison, Quentin wouldn't do a thing like that.  He is, says Beth venomously, he's going to marry HER!  Don't cry, says Jamison---you've always been good and kind to me--I love you.  (That's such a sweet thing to say.)  "Oh, Jamison," she wails.  I'm not going to leave you alone until you promise not to do anything to hurt yourself, he says--will you?  She turns to look at him and promises.  I have something I must do now, he says, but will come back to talk with you later on.  Yes, later, she says.  Jamison leaves.  Beth opens her drawer and takes out a gun (does everyone have one?)  She contemplates something for a moment, then quickly returns it to her dresser and sits down on her bed.

Angelique holds Quentin in her arms.  It was something that had to be done, she says.  He looks angry.  The girl had a right to know where she stood with you, says Ang, and I felt it my duty to spare her anymore humiliation.  She's caressing his shoulder, but he doesn't react to her touch.  I'm sure you think I did the right thing, she says, and she turns his face to hers for a kiss.  Jamison catches them.  I want to speak to you, he sternly says to his uncle.  Angelique tells Jamison, your uncle doesn't have time to talk to you right now.  "I'd like to speak to you alone," says Jamison, addressing his gaze to Quentin only.  (He sounds like a little adult.)  Leave us alone, Quentin tells Ang.  When she does so, reluctantly, Jamison jumps right in and demands, are you going to "marry that woman?"  Who told you? asks Quentin.  Beth, just now, says Jamison--how could you do that to her?--I thought you loved Beth.  I do, says Q, and, ashamed, turns away.  Then why are you marrying someone else? Jamison asks--breaking your word to her?--how could you drive her to almost kill herself?  This grabs Quentin's immediate attention.  Kill herself?--is she all right? he demands.  Yes, says Jamison, but if I hadn't walked into her room when I did. . .  I must go see her, says Quentin--is she still in her room?  Yes, answers Jamison, but she doesn't want to see you--you've got to tell me why you did this!  You're too young to understand some things, says Quentin.  I must know, says Jamison earnestly, it's terribly important to me.  You've got to try and understand that the grownup world is different from your own, says Q.  "All I understand is that you've hurt someone, someone you love very much, I can't understand why you'd do that, Quentin
--I don't want to see you anymore--I don't want to talk to you or have anything to do with you!  I HATE YOU, QUENTIN!  I HATE YOU!!" And he runs from the room, Quentin trying fruitlessly to stop him.

1969 - Then the prophecy was true, says Julia, the third event did happen--Jamison's rejection of Quentin.

1897 - Beth leaves her room, looking self-satisfied.  She goes to the drawing room.  I'm sorry, says Quentin, truly very sorry--I wanted to tell you, tried, but couldn't find the courage--I didn't want to hurt you.  He takes her into his arms.  I know you can't understand this, but. . .he hugs her close--I really do love you--please forgive me, he begs.  There's a gunshot.  Quentin's mouth drops open.
He grabs his stomach, where Beth has shot him, and wobbles toward the door.  Beth smiles.  "I wasn't the one to die," she says, "not me, I was going to die because I loved you!"  Quentin staggers across the foyer, holding onto the table for support.  Beth continues, "Until I realized I was wrong.  It was you, Quentin, you who had to die, not me!"  Quentin lurches upstairs, holding his wound.  "And you're going to die," she adds, pursuing him upstairs.  "You will die!  You'll never get away, I'll get you, Quentin!"  And she comes after him, aiming the gun for another shot...

Quentin reaches the tower room, his shirt and cost covered with red. There are bloodstains along the banister.  Beth, smiling madly, pushes open the door and confronts Quentin, laughing.  She shoots him again, and again.  He falls to the floor.  Beth's smile disappears; she begins to cry.  She turns and walks from the tower room, leaving Quentin lying there, mouth and eyes open wide.

"After he was dead," Beth tells Julia, "I went back downstairs.  I saw the other woman when she returned to the house, saw the look of shock on her face when she began to realize what had happened."

Angelique returns to Collinwood, calling for Quentin.  She spies the bloodstains on the floor, which look like rose petals at first, then follows them upstairs, rushing her steps.

Thunder rumbles.  Beth tells Julia "They found his body later that night, here in this room, and they found mine here the following morning.  I thought killing him would help release me from loving him, but it didn't."  Julia doesn't understand--if Quentin died in this room, why was his own sealed up?  Beth doesn't know.  Thank you for all you told me, says Julia--I hope there's time for what I must do.  Julia leaves.  I'm sorry, Quentin, says Beth--I had to tell her!--it was time someone knew the truth--"Please don't be angry with me, Quentin!"  She retreats into the shadows.

Julia goes downstairs into the foyer.  David is in the drawing room, breathing heavily.  What are you doing here? she asks.  Quentin appears, his face malevolent.  "Quentin!" cries Julia.  "You're the reason he's here!--David, come away from him--he wants you to die!"  Julia stares at Quentin, who smiles evilly back at her.  "I don't want to die," protests David.  Then come away from him, demands Julia.  Stay away from him.  "I don't want to die!" repeats David.  He walks into Julia's arms.  It's all right, she assures him.  He collapses on the sofa.  "It is too late!" says Quentin as Julia takes the boy's pulse.  "He is mine!"  "It's not too late!" retorts Julia--"He is still breathing!--he is still alive!"
Professor Stokes enters, calling to David.  Quentin fades away.  Julia calls to Stokes, who joins her in the drawing room.  I found Quentin here with the boy, says Julia--I found out everything I need to know now, and must go back to the past--it's more important than ever that I go back now.  Stokes asks, is David all right?  Yes, says Julia.  She returns to David and takes his pulse, then stares at Stokes, horrified.  "David is dead!" she cries.  And Quentin's hysterical laughter pulsates through the room.

NOTES:  Another pulse-pounding finish!  How interesting--we had that dead body in Quentin's room, but it wasn't Quentin, and Beth didn't know who it was!

Is the Collins heir dead?  Have all of Barnabas' efforts been for naught?  Will he die in 1897, fried when the sun comes up?  The vampires on the WB don't need coffins, in BUFFY or ANGEL!

Speak of changing the past!  If Angelique hadn't become involved with Quentin, Beth wouldn't have become angry enough to kill him, so does this mean Angelique, or another woman, caused this to happen in 1897 originally?  That time stuff boggles the mind!


837 - Julia, still in her coat, sits before the "I-Ching" wands, puts her hands on the table as if at a seance, tells herself to concentrate only on the door that will take her to the past--to Barnabas...concentrate.  She closes her eyes, thinking hard, then rises and goes to the door.   It must open, she tells herself, willing it to do so.  It does.  There's another door, one that appears to have a presidential seal on it.  She opens that door, and finds another door, the same, and opens that, too.  The next door is different from the previous two, and she opens that one, feeling cold.  We hear the weird science fiction music as Julia looks down the corridor of doors through which she just passed, and the first, with the wands on it, closes.  "Barnabas!" Julia calls, her voice echoing.  Barnabas, in his cell, hears her.  Who are you and what do you want? He asks--"WHO IS IT!" demands Barnabas.  He hears a hideous, prolonged scream.

Julia hears Barnabas asking, who's calling me--who needs help?  Barnabas! she cries, then collapses outside the front doors of Collinwood.

Charity, dressed as Pansy, sits in the drawing room, shaking her foot.  She takes a drink, hears footsteps.  Edward appears.  I was hoping it was Quentin, she says.  He looks at her disapprovingly.  I needed the brandy to warm me, she says.  On a night like this? he asks.  When you're bearing the kind of news I've got, it puts a chill on the night, she says.  I'm sure what you must tell Quentin can wait until tomorrow, says Edward--there's no telling when he'll come home--I haven't been too successful as my brother's keeper.  He's got to come home sooner or later, insists Charity.  He's been known to stay away from home more than one night, says Edward, his business--I'm going to sleep now.  She takes another drink, bidding him good night.  What I really mean, says Edward, is that I want you to go.  I want to wait for Quentin! insists Charity.  You've been waiting for hours, protests Edward, it's past midnight!  I know, she says, it's the day...it's the 10th of September, the day Quentin's going to die.  Edward scoffs.  You know that as well as I, she says--you were here when I had my vision!--oh, she laments, it was grim, gruesome, and it's going to happen unless I get to Quentin to tell him to take care.  Is that what you're waiting to tell him? asks Edward.  Yes, what did you think it was? asks Charity.  I didn't know, says Edward, I find your thought patterns difficult to follow.  Now you know how important it is for me to just keep waiting, he says.  He hustles her from the room.  Tell Quentin to come to the Blue Whale, where I'm working now, says Charity--tell him I must talk to him.  Edward promises to leave him a note.  She smiles--come to the Blue Whale and catch my act, says Charity--do you some good to get out of the house sometime--"keeps ya snappy, if ya know what I mean," she says lewdly--I'm glad you finally got around to listening to me.  When Charity opens the front doors, however, she finds Julia, and screams, shouting for Edward to come--there's somebody here.  Edward comes out and takes her pulse.  Is she dead? asks Charity.  No, says Edward, patting Julia's face.
Why is she dressed like that, Charity asks.  Edward doesn't know.  Charity remarks, I've never seen anyone dressed like that before, ain't hardly decent!  Edward says, "Miss, miss!"--we've got to get her inside.  I know who she is, says Charity--the one who's going to kill Quentin, she's got doom and disaster written all over her face--can't you see it?

Julia opens her eyes.  Edward helps her to stand.  He brushes the leaves off her coat.  Charity is alarmed.  We can't leave her outside, insists Edward.  Then you must call the "coppers," says Charity.  Not until I've spoken to her first, says Edward.  Julia looks around Collinwood as if she doesn't recognize it.  Edward tells Charity, you shouldn't keep your Blue What admirers waiting any longer; I'm going to look after this lady--good night.  Charity goes into a rant--I saw doom in this woman's face, she's going to kill Quentin!  Edward closes the door on the raving woman.  Julia sits on the sofa, staring straight ahead.  Why did you come here? Edward asks--who are you, where are you from?--but Julia looks at him blankly, as if she has no idea at all.

Miss, says Edward, do you know where you are?  You're at Collinwood--did you intend coming here, or was it an accident that brought her to our door?  Do you understand me?  Speak if you can.  "I speak," says Julia carefully.  Good, he says, now who are you?  Shapes, whirling faster and faster, she says.  What shapes? he asks--did you meet with some accident?.  Quentin enters.  He apologizes for interrupting Edward's company--and at this hour of the night, he smirks.  Come in here, orders Edward, as Quentin starts to go.  Who is she? asks Quentin, now serious--I've never seen anyone like her in my life.  Edward asks, in your travels, have you ever seen anyone like this?  Not even remotely, says Quentin.  She collapsed at the door, Edward explains--she's in shock.  Did you get anything out of her? asks Q.  Only nonsense, says Edward, I'm calling Dr. Brooks, wait here with her.  Quentin circles the sofa, looking at Julia.  Hello, he says, so you're not in the mood to tell me anything about you--perhaps I can find something to talk for her.  He begins to rifle through her coat, checking the pockets.  He finds a letter in her pocket, but when he removes it, she tries to take it back.  I'm trying to help you, he assures her, not hurt you--I know it isn't polite to look at other peoples' letters, but I'll return it after I look at it.  "My dear Julia," he reads, and asks if she's Julia.  She stares at him, puzzled.
He reads Barnabas' letter to himself, wondering why the paper is so old if the date is today.  He reads that Barnabas is in a cell at the Old House and will die in another 8 hours.  It's written by Barnabas.  Why are you carrying a letter written by Barnabas? demands Quentin.  He reads about 1969, and Barnabas' hope the letter would reach her, and why his mission in the past was a failure--Quentin Collins will die on September 10th.  He then reads the part about Quentin being rejected by Jamison.  Edward comes in and tells Quentin that Dr. Brooks is on the way.   Quentin hides the letter behind his back.  You're very kind to help a stranger this way, says Q--I have to go.  Where? asks Edward.  I have an engagement in town, says Quentin confidentially.  I want you to stay until the doctor arrives, insists Edward.  Tell me about it in the morning, says Q cheerily, and leaves.  Edward returns to Julia, who has uttered one word--"afraid."  Afraid of what, of whom? he asks.  She doesn't answer, but looks at him oddly.

In the cell, Barnabas walks over to the desk, wondering if Julia will ever see the letter he put there.  He hears footsteps.  Barnabas asks, "Is that you, Edward?--have you come for the kill?"  It's Quentin, not Edward.  How did you find me? asks Barnabas.  I'll tell you in a minute, says Q.  That's right, we haven't much time, says Barnabas, at least get me away from Edward.  My brother is busy, says Quentin, tied up completely, which I'll also tell you in a minute--as soon as you tell me the meaning of this letter!  Barnabas looks nervous.

Barnabas looks over the letter.  He asks Quentin, where did you get it.  From a woman now at Collinwood, says Quentin--a very strange woman--oddly dressed, and her behavior is quite peculiar.  "So hers was the voice I heard calling me," says Barnabas--what did she say about herself?  Not much, says Q, she's in some sort of shock--Edward's with her, waiting for the doctor.  This horrifies Barnabas.
Who is she? asks Q.  Her name is Julia Hoffman, replies Barnabas, she's come from my own time.  This intrigues Quentin--that does explain some things--how did she come here, and have a letter written by you?  "I'm not sure," says Barn, but you must get Julia and bring her here at once.  Quentin sharply says, I'll bring her--just as soon as you answer a question about that letter!  I will if I can, says Barnabas.  "You wrote that I'm supposed to die on September 10th," says Quentin, "today.  Just how did you arrive at that day?"  Barnabas explains to Quentin that Charity Trask had a vision, which she told to Magda, and Magda told me.  Quentin laughs.  Barnabas, that girl is completely mad, and I'm surprised you believed anything she said, says Q--I suppose the prophecy about Jamison rejecting me is hers, too.  A few months ago, Jamison had a dream, reveals Barnabas, explaining about the finding of a silver bullet at Collinwood.  Q remembers--someone who could help me would die--Julianka--the third thing won't happen, insists Q, Jamison would never reject me (but he already has!)  So, you have a long life ahead of you, Quentin, says Barn, but predictions somehow have a way of coming true.  This one won't, says Quentin--"Barnabas, how soon after the third event happens am I supposed to die?"  Very soon, warns Barnabas.  Quentin smirks--I see, he says.  Quentin unlocks the cell.  where will you be? He asks--I'll bring Julia to you.  The old rectory on Pine Road, says Barnabas, I'll wait for you there; make sure Edward doesn't see you taking her from Collinwood--I don't want him to know there's any connection between me and Julia.  Trust me, he won't know, says Quentin.  Barnabas leaves.  "It's going to be a generally disappointing evening for Edward, isn't it?" muses Quentin.

Julia sits in another chair.  Do you feel better? asks Edward--the doctor didn't find anything wrong with you.  Quentin enters.  I'm glad you're here, says Edward.  That's a sentiment you rarely express, says Quentin humorously.  I have an engagement myself, says Edward--I'll tell you about it later--keep an eye on her--I had one of the servants round up suitable clothing.  You think of everything, says Quentin.  I wonder why she's dressed that way? Asks Edward--most peculiar.  Enjoy your "rendezvous," encourages Quentin.  Edward leaves.  Quentin tells Julia, you've got to come with me--I'll help you get up--I'm taking you to a friend--Barnabas.  "Barnabas is at the Old House," says Julia slowly.  No, says Quentin, he's at the rectory, and waiting for us.  He helps her up.

Edward, gun in hand, takes the key off the wall and unlocks the cell.  It's empty.  ."My God, he's gone, he can't have gotten away--not by himself!" gasps Edward.

At the old rectory, with lots of stained glass all around, Barnabas paces.  Quentin comes in with Julia in tow.  She doesn't recognize you, notes Quentin.  Perhaps the journey through time was too much for her, suggests Barnabas.  Julia looks at him.  We must question her, says Barnabas, we have so little time to find out.  Find out what? asks Q.  Why, when and who kills you, replies Barnabas--I have a feeling that Julia, when she saw the letter, learned something about your death that was so important, she risked coming through time to tell me.  Yes, but what? asks Quentin.
I'm not sure, says Barnabas--somewhere locked in her mind she knows something we must know before it's too late.  You're really sure something is going to happen to me, aren't you? asks Q.  Yes, replies Barnabas.  He goes to Julia and gently asks,  "What is it, Julia?  Try to tell us, try to remember, think where you came from, what you knew there, what you MUST remember."  I'm sleepy, complains Julia--I need some sleep--and she drifts off in the chair.  I can't force the knowledge from her, says Barnabas, even if I had the time, which I don't--I must go now, it's almost dawn.  Dawn, of September 10th, 1897, adds Quentin.  Stay with her, says Barnabas, perhaps she will remember.  And if she doesn't? asks Quentin bitterly--if Charity is right, this could be the last time we two will see each other!

NOTES:  Why does Charity think Julia is the one who is going to kill Quentin?  Is this just an irrational fear she has?  We know that isn't so, unless history is about to be altered.  I remember how fear was building up (and doesn't time seem terribly compressed all of a sudden?) as the day of Quentin's demise came closer.  Now we have David dead, and Quentin's death closing in fast.  What will the outcome of all this be?  How interesting that Julia, with no host body to receive her in the past that Barnabas had, endured such a rocky ride.  He just re-entered his body from 1795/6 with nary a dizzy spell.  Every moment Julia's memory and mind are disjointed is one more moment closer to Quentin's death.  Edward was so nice to Julia, too, really behaving unlike himself--and now he's going to find her gone, as well!  How frustrating to lose his vampire prisoner and the odd woman so close together.  Nancy Barrett turns in another splendid performance as Charity/Pansy, especially in her hysteria at Julia's odd arrival.  Imagine Pansy/Charity having the nerve to call someone else's attire "indecent"!   I guess it's all a matter of viewpoint!

Love, Robin

206
Robservations / Robservations 3/3/03 - Edward's Prisoner - #834/835
« on: March 02, 2003, 01:34:03 PM »
834 - Charles stares at the mysterious vase.  It's impossible, he says--there was no vase there--I drew it on the paper!  He takes it in his hands and examines it from top to bottom.  He stares at Amanda's portrait, wondering--if I somehow caused the vase to appear, then...no, it's not possible, he says, staring at Amanda's portrait.  Petofi barges in on the befuddled Charles, who is very rude to him.  I'm working--come back tomorrow, insists Tate.  I can't, says Petofi.  I have rights, assets Charles, I'm busy!  I have a few rights, as I need hardly remind you, says Petofi--what has caused this ill temper?  Tate doesn't want to tell him.  Petofi admires the vase--where did you get it? he asks.  I don't know where it came from, says Charles.  Has it always been here? speculates Petofi--I surely would have noticed it.  He examines it, too--it's odd that it has no maker's mark, unfortunately, says Petofi.  It is odd, Charles agrees.  I'd like to borrow your studio for an hour, says Petofi--I'm expecting a visitor (for an hour of what, one wonders).  See your visitors in your own quarters, says Charles.  I took the liberty of sending this guest a note signed with your name, says Petofi.  Tate is angry.  I hate subterfuge, too, agrees Petofi, but it's sometimes necessary--when one has to settle scores with an enemy, for example, and Barnabas Collins is an enemy of all of us...

Quentin's room - Magda enters, looking around.  Barnabas follows her in.  You will be safe here, she assures him, and locks the door.  The moon is full, observes Barnabas.  Magda lights a candle and informs him that the change never happened--Quentin didn't become the wolf--neither of us knows how that can be.  Get Quentin, Barnabas orders.  I must tell you something, she says--I know when Quentin will die--on September 10th!--Charity told me.
Charity is mad, says Barnabas.  I found truth in her madness, says Magda.  (Is that the way to find truth, to go nuts?)  You yourself say Pansy Faye had the sight, Magda reminds him--she said the murderer was in the room that night at the Old House.  (Barnabas looks ashamed).  Yes, he agrees, she did.  It's true that Pansy has possessed Charity, and you have six days to do something, says the gypsy.  How does he die? asks Barnabas.  He was shot, says Magda.  Who did it--does Charity know? he asks.  No, says Magda, in her vision, he was dead in the tower.  Why was this room sealed if he died in the tower? Asks Barnabas.  I don't know, says Magda, but Charity did say the tower--you must take Quentin away!  Death runs faster than any man, says Barn--the three things that were to happen before Quentin died--the third, that he would be rejected by the one person he loves, hasn't happened yet, and must not--if we can stop Jamison from rejecting Quentin. . .but first we must find out who is going to kill him.  How? She asks.  I'll have to do it, says Barnabas--find the I-Ching wands, which must be here, since they belonged to Quentin in 1969.  Magda is perplexed.  I'm going to need you, he says, we must learn who killed him originally, by going to the present and speaking with Quentin's ghost there.  Magda calls this idea crazy.  No, says Barn, only the ghost of Quentin can tell me.  If you go and speaks with the ghost, asks Magda, how will you get back here?  Barnabas lights some candles.  I got here before, I'll get back again, promises Barnabas.  It's taking too big a chance, says Magda.  If Quentin dies on the 10th of September, then history won't have been changed, and his ghost will surely claim David, declares Barnabas somberly.  "I must stop his death, Magda, and will take any chance to do it!"  We must find the I-Ching wands, he says, taking the candelabra and to search Quentin's desk.

Tate broods, staring at Amanda's smiling face in his portrait.  Your visitor will be here shortly, says Petofi, I advise you to put away the portrait--were your visitor to see it, he'd find it most odd.  Tate asks who is coming.  You'll find out soon enough, says Petofi--I want you to receive him for me.  He's your guest, says Tate, lifting up Amanda's portrait, you're the reason he's coming--why don't you?  I must emulate my hero, Lord Kitchener, says Petofi--before a battle, he retired to his tent, and there, alone, perfected his strategy.  Petofi goes into another room and closes the door.  Tate looks at Amanda's portrait again, then at the vase.  He answers the knock at the door after putting away the portrait.  It's Edward, who's pleased to see him.  Petofi listens as Edward remarks he didn't expect to be in an artist's studio tonight--ah, the Bohemian life has tempted several members of my family, comments Edward, never me, of course--what did you wish to see me about?  Petofi enters the room--I sent the note, he says.  Coldly, Edward says, I have nothing to say to you, now or ever, Mr. Fenn-Gibbons.  "Count Petofi," corrects the latter.  I don't care what your name is, says Edward.  Don't leave until we discuss Barnabas Collins, advises Petofi--Charles, leave the room.  The artist goes.  "Do you think that I would believe what you have to say?" demands Edward, barely controlling his temper.  You should, says Petofi.  After putting a curse on my family, says Edward, on me, my son?  I know nothing of any curse, says Petofi, who told you I was responsible?
Quentin, says Edward.   Quentin is charming boy, says Petofi, I find him most amusing, but I don't always believe him--do you?  No, admits the latter.  But you choose to believe him in this case? queries Petofi.  Perhaps I wouldn't have, says Edward, if you hadn't presented yourself under a false name--that's unforgivable!  Perhaps there were reasons I was forced to adopt that singularly graceless copy, suggests Petofi.  What reason? demands Edward.  Imagine, says Petofi, something enormously valuable stolen by the gypsies--I had reason to believe the gypsies on your property had what was stolen from me (he pours some drinks)--had you known my true name, you'd have prevented me from getting it back.  Did the gypsies have it? asks Edward.  When I found out they did not, I assumed my true title, by then, you and I had drifted apart.  Petofi hands him a drink, reminding him how delightful those first few days at Collinwood were--I felt at last I'd met someone with whom I could share all my experiences, says the Count.  Edward reluctantly admits, I felt that, too.  I am desperately anxious to redeem my good name with you, says Petofi--if I help you capture Barnabas, would that make up for the injuries you blame me for?  Why do you think I'm hunting Barnabas? asks Edward.  "Because he is your enemy," says Petofi, quaffing his drink--"The greatest danger that exists to the Collins family--shall I say more?"

Barnabas and Magda have conducted a fruitless search for the I-Ching wands.  When we do find the wands, says Barnabas, you must not tell Quentin what I'm going to do--if I don't get back, you know what to do.  She opens the closet--bring the light, she tells Barnabas.  He does.  She's found Quentin's portrait, and when Barnabas uncovers it, they see the wolf's face.  Magda gasps.  Barnabas reads, "Tate, 1897," and asks, how can this be?  He knows about Quentin, suggests Magda.  Perhaps not, says Barnabas, reading the nameplate on the frame--"Quentin Collins, 1897."  Magda asks, did he paint Quentin?
Yes, and the portrait changed, surmises Barnabas.  No, says Magda.  Yes, says Barnabas, the portrait changed into the wolf, but Quentin did not.  That isn't possible, says Magda.  Anything is, when Petofi is involved, says Barn.  How do you know he is? Magda asks.  Charles Tate appeared in Collinsport shortly after Petofi arrived, says Barnabas.  That means nothing, says Magda.  There must be something to explain this, insists Barn.  Petofi and Quentin, laments Magda, oh, poor Quentin!  Perhaps this is Petofi's first attempt to win Quentin, suggests Barnabas, and Petofi hasn't yet demanded payment--we will stop that, too!  How? she asks.  The ghost will tell me if Petofi ever existed here or ever came here, or whether he came because history had not been changed, says Barnabas.  He covers the portrait.  We must find the wands! He says.  Barnabas closes the closet, then, as if acting on a hunch, opens it again.  He finds the wands on a top shelf, wrapped in cloth.  He opens it and spread out the I-Ching wands.  They must have great power, says Magda.  Barnabas agrees--they free the mind and will--they will take me to the future--we must go back to the Old House; I'm going to try to get back to the future from the place I came from.  Will I be successful this time? he wonders aloud.  Magda blows out the candles, Barnabas gathers up the wands, and they exit.

Magda and Barnabas head downstairs to the Old House basement.  I have a bad feeling it won't work, she says.  Stop it, orders Barnabas.  Listen to me, insists Magda.  You must understand everything that is happening, he says.  All right, I'll try, she says.  If I'm successful, he says, my body will remain here in a trance, his physical body; my astral body will go.  What's that? she asks.  My his will, my force, my soul, he explains, but if you don't understand, don't try--the first thing I must do is throw the wands on the table...now they must be placed in parallel.  He does these things.  There are 64 possible hexagrams, he explains--ah, the 49th again-good, the hexagram of change!  I wish you wouldn't do this, says Magda.  Ignoring her fear, he sits in the chair in front of the table on which the wands lie.  It's up to me now, he says--the hexagram will appear on a door, my body will rise and go through that door--and then...  You will be in the future? she asks.  I hope so, he replies--if I don't return before midnight on the 10th, you must go to Quentin and tell him he's going to die on that day--he must not see Jamison; he's to leave Collinwood and not come back, and he is not to tell you where he's going--he is not to come back until after the 10th of September--is that clear?  Yes, she says, but she looks sick, unhappy.  Now I must start, says Barnabas--go to Petofi, watch him carefully, and stop him if he attempts to come here--now I must begin--in an hour or two, come back.  She leaves, begging him one last time, "Barnabas!"  Go, he says again.  She walks slowly upstairs, leaving him alone.

Edward pretends to not understand what Petofi means by calling Barnabas an enemy of his family.  Yes, you do, says Petofi.  Anxiously, Edward asks, what do you know about Barnabas?  As much as I need to, says Petofi--that he is a vampire--I know you wish to keep that secret (Tate is listening to all this from the other room), and I respect that and came to you instead of the police.  How did you find out? asks Edward.  That isn't important, says Petofi.  Edward agrees--you could have gone to the police--I've been wrong about you, I think.  (he still put curses on you and Jamison!)  Magda can tell us where Barnabas is, says Petofi.  She knows? asks Edward--I know how to deal with her!  We can use her to lead us to Barnabas, says Petofi.  No, says Edward--what must be done, I must do alone, it is my responsibility, difficult as it may be--there was always someone in the family who was supposed to know of his existence, one person who was supposed to keep him chained to his coffin--had my grandmother lived, I'd have been the one she would have told; now I must go to the Old House.  Not at night, unarmed, protests Petofi, at least take this in case you meet him before dawn comes--and he presses a gun filled with six silver bullets into Edward's hands.  If you find yourself unable to shoot him, advises Petofi, remember the dawn can do the deed for you--without his coffin, he cannot live--you will report back to me, right? asks Petofi--I'll be waiting for you.  Edward leaves.  Petofi smiles.

Barnabas sits before the I-Ching wands, concentrating, eyes closed.
He sees the hexagram in his mind, on the door...

NOTES:  Great to see Barnabas again, even if he is rushing headlong into a dangerous plan--and into Petofi's trap.  Love Magda's concern for him, reminds me of Julia more every day.

I hate Petofi, and right now, I'm not too fond of Edward, either.  How could he so easily accept Petofi's explanation?  Quentin was quite sincere when he told Edward Petofi was responsible for all the possessions, so his easy acceptance of Petofi convinces me of Edward's weak character.

So, Charles paints something and it comes into being, huh, whether it's a vase or a human being.  If that's the talent Petofi has bestowed on him, wow!

Wish Magda had listened to Barnabas.  She's psychic, too, but Barn is soooo stubborn!


835 - Edward enters the unlocked Old House, gun in hand.  He looks upstairs.

Barnabas sits in a trance while his astral body rises from his flesh, stands, and walks.  Edward comes down the basement stairs, points his gun at Barnabas and gazes at him, poised to kill his cousin.  Meanwhile, Barnabas' astral body approaches the door upon which the I-Ching wands appear to be glued.  The door opens.  Edward gazes at Barnabas, then shoves the wand off the table.  The door snaps shut on Barnabas' astral body.  Barnabas' head rocks violently, seeming to send him onto a convulsion.
1969 - Julia calls to Stokes, who is reading a book.  Barnabas, sitting in the Old House basement, begins to convulse, too.  "Professor Stokes!" cries Julia, alarmed.  Barnabas' body collapses, then disappears.  Both Stokes and Julia step forward and gaze at the empty chair.

What happened to him? Julia asks.  Eliot responds, whatever time or world his astral being traversed, we will never know--what we can assume, is that Barnabas is dead.  Julia's lip begins to tremble.

Barnabas awakens in the family's cell downstairs to find Edward holding a gun on him.  I have no idea what supernatural hocus pocus you were practicing, shouts Edward, but, "You will practice it no more!"  The I-Ching trance, realizes Barnabas--you interrupted it.  I did indeed, says Edward.  What I was trying to do was of utmost importance to the Collins, says Barnabas.  You have brought nothing but tragedy and suffering to this family since you first came here, accuses Edward, and don't bother trying to convince me otherwise.  If you intend to keep me here, argues Barnabas, you're risking the life of your brother and the future of the Collins family.  I don't intend to keep you here long, says Edward--I'm sending you to a grave you should have been in long ago!  By shooting me in the heart with a silver bullet? asks Barn.  Yes, replies Edward.  I know you better than that, says Barnabas--if you intend to keep me here, whatever you're planning to do--I am still a Collins.  Edward retorts, you forfeited his right to be a Collins or human being when you made a pact with the devil.  I couldn't prevent what he became, Barnabas passionately assures him, and as long as I live and breathe, I carry the Collins name!--and I know you would never murder one of your own family.  "It is my duty to kill you, and I will do it!" insists Edward.  Then do it, says Barn--raise the pistol, pull the trigger--now!  Edward gets a sickened look on his face as he raises the pistol.  "Go on, Edward, you're so devoted to doing your duty--get it over with," urges Barnabas.  Edward's eyes widen.
He slowly drops the pistol to his side.  I can't even bring myself to kill someone like you in cold blood, says Edward--but then, it isn't necessary; I'll let nature take its course--you can't survive without your coffin during the day, so I'll just leave you in the cell and allow dawn to finish you--does the thought of death frighten you, Barnabas?  Does the thought of death not frighten you, Edward? counters Barnabas.  When my time comes, says Edward, I'll have no qualms when I meet my maker.  He holds the gun on Barn as he leaves the cell and locks him in--I'll return an hour before dawn, he says, I want to be here when the end comes--one other things--I've seen to it that all the secret passages are blocked, so you won't be able to get out of this cell.  You've thought of everything, says Barn.  Yes, everything! Edward replies.  Barnabas sits down, looking morose, then stands and paces his prison.  He spots a desk he recognizes--it will be in the Old House in 1969--I had Willie bring it there in 1967.  Barnabas sits down, finds paper and a pencil, and begins to write.  The candle beside him glows.  His letter is to Julia, "My dear Julia--I am writing this letter on the 5th day of September in the year 1897.  I am locked in a cell in the basement of the Old House.  In another 8 hours, I will die.  It is my fervent hope that this letter will somehow survive time and be brought to your attention in 1969 in order that you may know why my mission to the past was a failure.  I learned only during the past 24 hours that on September 10th next, Quentin Collins will die."  Barnabas stops writing and looks outside his cell.  "As prophesied, 3 events were to happen before his death.  Two of them have, only the third remains--his rejection by Jamison.  My plan was to return to the present, contact Quentin's spirit and find out who killed him. With this knowledge, I could have prevented his death, thereby saving David Collins.  But all of this has been prevented by one Edward Collins, who learned my secret some months ago and became my implacable enemy.  He has trapped me here, there is no escape for me.  I am, and surely to the end, your good and devoted friend, Barnabas Collins."  He folds up the letter, puts it in an envelope, seals it and hides it in a secret drawer in the desk.

1969 - Amy scolds her doll for growing too big for all her clothes (she appears to have both of Jenny's dolls to play with).  Amy takes a pin from a box in the desk, then offers to read her dolls a story.  She reaches for one book, but it has no pictures, so she goes for another, naturally "accidentally" opening the secret drawer and finding Barnabas' letter.  She looks puzzled--it's addressed to Julia Hoffman (and the letter looked old and yellowed).

Old House basement, 1969 - I know how difficult this must be for you, says Stokes, but your sitting here is pointless.  I can't help hoping, she says.  There is no more hope, he says sadly, he's gone--we must accept that fact and tell the family.  What will become of David? she asks.  I don't have the answer, admits Stokes.  The I-Ching wands are still arranged neatly on the table.  Julia thinks they should leave the wands as they are--I'm hoping for a miracle.  Go upstairs and get some sleep, urges Stokes; I'll stay downstairs--we need not tell the family until morning.  She smiles slightly and nods, bids him good night, and goes upstairs.  Stokes checks his watch.

The letter to Julia sits on the desk.  Amy, kneeling to play with her dolls, goes over and picks it up.  She starts to open it, then hides it behind he back when Julia bids her good evening.  When Julia asks what she's hiding, Amy claims it's just an envelope.  Julia asks to see it.  It's nothing, insists Amy.  You look guilty, says Julia--let me see it.  I'll show it to you if you promise not to be angry with me, says Amy.  Why should I be? asks Julia--let me see the letter.  She takes it, opens it, reads, gasps--where did you find it? she asks the child. In the secret drawer, admits Amy, I opened it accidentally--I was looking for a book and the letter was in there.  Julia hurries away without another word.  Amy, her face sad, returns to playing with her dolls.

Stokes reads the letter aloud.  He finds it astonishing.  The date is September 5th, points out Julia.  And today is the 5th in 1969, says Stokes--he's in a past that somehow runs parallel to their present.  Barnabas is still alive, says Julia.  According to his letter, not much longer, says Stokes--somehow, he will die in less than 8 hours.  We must do something, says Julia.  First, says Stokes, I must find out if my understanding of this letter is correct--I assume you know something about Barnabas I don't know--one passage in the letter is a complete mystery to me-- the part about all this being prevented by one Edward Collins, "who learned my secret some months ago."  Julia looks both secretive and scared.  What does that mean, Julia?--what is Barnabas Collins' secret? asks Stokes.  (this would have been the perfect time to tell him!)

Julia is evasive.  Surely you know what Barnabas meant, insists Stokes.  Julia denies it.  I took it for granted that you would know, he says.  Perhaps Edward found out Barnabas came from another time, suggests Julia.  And for that decided to kill him? asks Stokes--that doesn't seem very likely, unless Edward is a deranged man.  Julia looks over the letter.  Which is certainly possible, she says--we should proceed on what we know--if Barnabas dies in that cell, all will be lost for David and Chris.  True, says Eliot, but I have no idea what to do.  I will try to reach Quentin, says Julia, then try to go back to the past and save Barnabas.  How will you reach Quentin? asks Stokes--it's been attempted before with no success.  The children succeeded, she says.  And one of them is hovering near death, Stokes reminds her.
The other isn't, points out Julia.  Are you willing to jeopardize Amy's life? Asks Stokes.  I don't think she's ever been in any jeopardy; says Julia--David was the one Quentin was after.  A dangerous line of reasoning, says Stokes.  If Quentin wanted to possess both children, he'd have done it long before this, insists Julia.  If you take this desperate gamble and win, what then? Asks Stokes.  I will come back here with this knowledge for Barnabas, she says.  How will you go back in time? asks Stokes.  Same way Barnabas did--the 49th hexagram--I will do as Barnabas did, she answers.  You have no guarantee of success, argues Stokes.  I must try! She says.  And you may be placing yourself in grave danger, Stokes reminds her.  I've got to take the risk, to save Barnabas somehow! she insists.  OK, says Stokes, but I want to give further study to the I-Ching, so I can be of more help to you.  (Don't you just love this guy, he's so considerate and helpful!)

Amy assures Julia she's willing to do anything she can to help, but isn't sure about going to Collinwood.  It's the only thing we can do to keep David alive, says Julia--it's very possible he might die tonight if you can't get Quentin to speak to you (but hey, no pressure).  I'm not sure I can do that, says Amy--the last time I did speak to him, he was very angry with me--I don't know if he'll speak to me anymore.  Try one more time, for David's sake, begs Julia.  Amy considers it and says, I'll try.  We're going right away--hurry, says Julia--it's storming outside.  Stokes comes downstairs.  Julia, putting on her coat, assures him, I feel we WILL return safely.  Stokes, holding the I-Ching book, sits down to read, putting in his monocle.

Collinwood - the lights are on, but nobody's home.  Julia and Amy enter the house, walk through the foyer.  Julia asks Amy, what part of the house might he be in?  That doesn't matter, says Amy, he always knows when someone is here.  Then call to him, says Julia.  Amy calls Quentin, but there's no sound but the thunder.  Please answer me, begs Amy, it's terribly important I talk to you--there's no use, says Amy, he won't answer--I want to go back to the Old House.  Quentin's music begins to play.
"He's coming!" screams Amy, terrified, and runs from the house, leaving Julia alone in the foyer to face Quentin.

NOTE:  Does Julia love Barnabas or what?  How cleverly Barnabas reached Julia via letter over time, but how could he be so sure someone would find it in the secret drawer?  Stokes knows something weird is going on, but he didn't press Julia to tell him, and accepted what he surely must know is a lie.  He's such a terrific man, always willing to assist Barnabas, and Julia, who I always assumed Stokes loves, no matter how weird the situation is.

Will Quentin answer Julia's questions, given his past history, or will he just kill her on the spot?

What is going to happen to Barnabas?  How interesting that Edward was unable to shoot him, after Barnabas' impassioned speech, but still is willing to leave him to face the dawn--and to come and watch!  They were good friends, what a shame it's come to this.  Edward assumes Barn made a pact with the devil, which really isn't true--unless you consider Angelique the devil, which some just might.

Love, Robin

207
832 - Trask's watch shows 3:10, a little early for the transformation.  Quentin begins to feel pain bolting through him. What's the matter? Asks Trask.  It seems different than before, answers Quentin.  Suddenly, the pain stops.  Quentin hasn't transformed, and he's thrilled about it.  More than a minute has passed, Quentin exults.  Trask reminds him, while many things change, the moon isn't one of them, so my watch must be wrong.  He races off.  Where are you going? demands Quentin.  He stares at his hands, which are human, not animal, and shakes his head in wonder.  The full moon has completely risen.  Trask returns to the cell, contemplating, and looks at Quentin.  "The moon HAS risen," says Q exultantly, it's written all over your face.  Trask mumbles, I don't understand it at all.  Quentin grins, huge, and closes his eyes in prayerful gratitude.  He laughs, sighs with relief.
"Trask," he says, "let me out of here!  You've gone too far!"  Trask insists, I can't, you are the werewolf.  "I'm the WHAT?" asks Q.  Yes, you told me so yourself, says Trask.  *I* did? asks Quentin, "Trask, are you sure you haven't been getting into the brandy?"  He points accusingly at Trask.  I know what I saw in your room, says the Rev.  What about the moon you just saw? inquires Q, smiling--obviously this desire to take over Collinwood has warped your mind, with or without brandy--"NOW, I SUGGEST YOU LET ME OUT, RIGHT NOW!"  Trask refuses, I know I have the right man in the cell, and I want to keep you here until morning.  Do that, vows Quentin, and YOU'LL be the one in jail--I already have a variety of charges--assault and battery, imprisoning a man in his own home, accusing a man of being a werewolf. . .   All right, agrees Trask, you're free to go, but I know what you are, and will see to it you're destroyed!  Of course you wouldn't want to keep me locked up tonight, jests Quentin--I'm sure there are many things you have to do--it's such a beautiful, moonlit night.  Quentin walks off, laughing.

At the Collinsport Inn, Amanda looks out the window.  How peaceful the village looks from here, she sighs.  Tim slips his arms around her--do I detect a note of fondness in your voice? He asks.  No, she assures him--I want out ASAP.  I think there are several other things you'd like, says Tim, and I'll give them to you, if you play your part in the little Rev. Trask drama.  I don't want to, says Amanda.  Save your theatrics for Trask, advises Tim, trying to kiss her.  I'm not play-acting, she insists.  Your face is a combination of wisdom and innocence, says Tim--you don't seem to be one certain age, as others are.  She turns around--that isn't a very agreeable thing to say, she accuses.  Why are you angry? he asks--I meant that as a compliment--you are beautiful, I could almost envy Trask, if I didn't know better--and he grins.

Trask buries the confession in the ground, sure it has found its final resting place.  He glances at it once more before putting it into the hole.

Petofi, walking downstairs, greets Quentin, explaining, I had some business to do.  What business? demands Quentin.  I am a man with a great deal of unfinished business, says Petofi, and I must check it out from time to time.  "You don't seem startled to see me," says Q.  Why should I, you live in this house, Petofi reminds him--"Even on a night when the moon is full?"  Quentin, eyes bulging from his head, puts an arm around Petofi's throat.  The latter just smiles.  "All right," says Q, "you've been hinting long enough!  Tell me what's going on here tonight and exactly what you had to do with it!"

I'm not afraid of you, Quentin tells Petofi, or what you might do to me, but if you don't tell me what's going on, I'll kill you.  Petofi easily releases Quentin's grasp, using his magic hand.  Quentin backs off as if stung.  Stop making idle threats, advises Petofi--they're foolish--you're hot blooded, but also rather charming, which means there will always be someone to help you.  Q asks, did you help me out of this?--a miracle occurred here tonight.
I like miracles, says Petofi--did one really happen tonight?--it's a perfect occasion for a drink.  And a talk, insists Q.  Whatever you wish, dear boy, says Petofi, pleased with himself.  They go into the drawing room, both smiling.  Petofi pours drinks and drinks to calmer seas, clinking his glass to Quentin's--they seem to be, don't they?  Why didn't this night didn't turn out as expected? demands Quentin.  Perhaps at the proper time, I will, says Petofi, draining his glass--have another drink.  I prefer to keep my head clear, Quentin says, swirling his brandy around in his glass.  You're a bit of a fraud, he accuses Petofi.  It's not entirely my fault, says Petofi, because you have been accepting the fact that any miracles occurring here are my doing.  It suddenly seemed to me, says Quentin, that wasn't the case at all.  I have no idea what happened or why, says Petofi, anymore than you yourself do--that's how it suddenly seems.  You can't fool me anymore, insists Quentin--I know you aren't responsible for tonight's events.  If I were, replies Petofi, I'd be claiming all the credit for it, putting the "Stamp of Petofi" on it.  Petofi laughs his ass off at this thought--claiming credit like a shopgirl taking credit for a sale!  No, says Petofi, serious now, my plan is cosmic, complex, gigantic, and the full implications of it won't be clear to you for a long time yet.  Does this plan involve me? demands Q.  "You saw tonight that it does," says Petofi--time passes, you'll see more and more, finally you will see the extent of the plans, then I may present my bill.  A bill for what? asks Q.  "Did you think it would cost you nothing to be rid of the curse?" queries Petofi.  Suppose when you present this bill, I refuse to pay it? says Q.  I don't think you will, answers Petofi.  "I don't like it," says Q.  Nonsense, says Petofi, you begged for help and I gave it to you--you'll like what I have in mind for you far better than baying at the moon.  And Petofi has another laugh and drinks.

Amanda is drinking, too, asking Tim, how could I go live at Collinwood when I've already said no to Trask--why should I change my mind?  Why indeed, says Tim, you've already told him a strange man frightened you, now tell him the man followed you here, you're upset, only 24 hours a day with that wonderful Mr. Trask can give you the strength, the will, the power to fight him (he's snorting with laughter).  Amanda doesn't think that's funny.  There's something very amusing about it, says Tim--Trask's incredible conceit will cause him to ask, nay, beg, to hear even more!  The whole situation frightens me, says Amanda.  You won't be frightened at luxurious Collinwood, promises Tim--it's almost as elegant as the Collinsport Inn.  I've seen nice things before, she reminds him.  "I'm sure you have," he says sarcastically.  You really think I'm nobody, she accuses--well, I'm somebody, and I will never marry Trask!  He takes her into his arms and hugs her.  I would never want you to do anything that would permanently take you away from me, says Tim.  I want someone to care for me so much! Whines Amanda.  I care for you, says Tim.  No, she protests--really care for me, I don't want all this, or Collinwood, even this (and she takes off a diamond bracelet and throws it across the room)--I want to go away, she begs.  We will, he promises, unwinding her arms from around his neck, we'll go as soon as we do what I set out to do.  He picks up the bracelet.  Don't throw diamonds away, he advises--we aren't that rich--yet.  Amanda, he says, you are going to do everything I want you to, aren't you?  NO! she cries.  He holds out the diamond bracelet and says, "Aren't you?"  Charmed, she looks at the bracelet, takes it back, and responds, flirtatiously, "We'll see."

Collinwood - Amanda and Trask sit in the three-chair.  I'm afraid all my good intentions won't be enough to keep me away from him, wails Amanda.  You never told me who the man is, says Trask.  I never will, she says--perhaps I'm being presumptuous, but I feared your concern for me would cause you to confront him, and if anything happened to Trask because of me, I'd never forgive myself.  Trask returns the compliment, touching her shoulder intimately, promising, nothing will happen to you, you have, so to speak, come home.  She pulls out of his grasp.  Where are your things? he asks.  At the Inn, says Amanda.  I want to go get them, he insists.  I'd rather no one knew, she says.  Don't worry about what people say, insists Trask--what you're doing is perfectly proper--I wouldn't have it any other way.  (yeah, right!)  I didn't mean to imply that, she says--you don't want me here, you doesn't know what I'm really like!  I have never known anyone so thoroughly before in my life, he says--I understand you and can help you.    I'll make a phone call and have my luggage brought over, says Amanda.  Very well, he agrees--in the meantime, I'll speak to the housekeeper about getting a room ready for you--I want to make sure you're very comfortable here in your new home.  (He's nearly salivating--disgusting!)  He leaves the room.  Amanda races to the phone.  She reaches Tim--there must be another way to do what you want, she insists--I can't stand looking at him, and the way he follows me around the room...  This is the best way to handle the situation, says Tim.  I don't care, I'm not staying! says Amanda--he's returning, I'll call you back.  Turns out it's not Trask, but Quentin, who is pleased Amanda remembers him, calling it an honor.  I'm sure a girl like you has a lot of names to remember, adds Quentin (what are the implications of that?)
I'm glad you know so much about a girl like me, she says, more than I do myself.  He ambles over, smiling.  You're beautiful, he says.  And you're handsome, she says, and neither of us are very happy, are we?  He grins--when you were a little girl, what did you wish for when you saw the first star?  I don't remember ever wishing on a star, she says.  He moves in close--I'd like to get to know you a lot better, he says--perhaps we can talk again sometime, I'm afraid I must go.  I have to make a phone call, says Amanda.  He murmurs, it's been an unexpected pleasure, but then this whole day has just been full of surprises...if you'll excuse me...  He leaves.  She stands there for a moment, then calls Tim back and tells him, before he has a chance to talk her into going through with it as planned, she would like him to bring her luggage to Collinwood ASAP.  He's very happy she decided to stay, and wonders why she changed her mind.  You were right, she says, I let myself get far too upset over nothing
--I think things will be just fine at Collinwood.  She hangs up.  When Trask asks who it was, she answers, the manager at the Inn--he's been so fatherly towards me, he's sending my luggage right over.  Trask grins, very pleased.  Amanda looks like she's thinking romantic thoughts of Quentin.

Quentin, in his room, tells himself, I'm not ready to think about that girl--if she had met me tonight, under a full moon, she would have been dead by now.  If the miracle hadn't happened--how did it happen?  That's what I should be thinking about.  He goes into his room and finds the Tate portrait of himself--except it's the face of the werewolf!  Quentin, horrified, covers his face with his hands.

NOTES:  Here begins a love affair that pisses so many people off, the superficial love between Quentin and Amanda, the superficial twosome.  Whether you think they belong together or not, you have to admit they look damn pretty together!

A werewolf in the portrait?  Why?  Think "Picture of Dorian Gray" and you'll get the idea that Curtis ripped off another classic.  A pretty cool cure--the portrait absorbs Quentin's werewolfism!


833 - We see a portrait of Amanda Harris, which Charles Tate is looking at with great fondness as he removes it from an easel.  Quentin runs in, tripping, and grabs Tate's arm.  Did Petofi put you up to my portrait? Demands Quentin.  Petofi didn't put me up to anything, insists Charles, and what right do you have to come in here accusing...?  "I'm accusing you of painting a portrait of a wolf, says Q, a wolf that looks like a man.
I painted a portrait of you, says Tate, showing Quentin his sketches to prove it--that's the face he painted--Petofi, not I, took the painting to your room.  So, Petofi was in on it--I was right, says Q.  Maybe it could be an hallucination, suggests Charles--the first time Charity saw it, she saw a wolf, too, but when I looked, I saw your face.  Quentin grabs Charles' arm--come back to Collinwood to see the portrait--if I have to drag you there!

Charity, still wearing her ugly dress and shawl, hears Quentin's music.  She primps in front of the mirror, then sidles into the drawing room.  Amanda is there.  Furious, Charity orders her, don't play his music again!  I didn't know whose music it was, insists Amanda.  You're lying, Charity accuses--I know character, and don't trust you--I knew you the first time I ever saw you walk into this house.  You're quite wrong, says Amanda.  Charity asks, what are you doing here?  "I live here, if that's any business of yours," retorts Amanda.
So, you're after him, too! yells Charity, you were playing his song!--who told you you could live here, anyway?  Reverend Trask, answers Amanda.   Oh, he did, did he, well, I'll just find out about that myself.  TRASK!!! she screams.  He enters, calling her Charity.  Amanda has tried to leave.  You aren't going anywhere, orders Charity--stop calling me that stupid name, she tells Trask--it won't stop me from speaking my peace--did you ask HER to stay here? asks Charity, making a sweeping gesture (as in trash) at Amanda.  She's here as my guest, says Trask--go up to your room, and pulls her hand behind her back as she struggles.  Wait here, he tells Amanda, I'll be back shortly.  He drags his daughter, screaming, Quentin, come help me!  Amanda holds her aching head.

Quentin takes Charles to his room, removes the cover from the painting and reveals what it looks like now--a wolf's face.  Tate is horrified and disgusted.  Just how did that face get there? asks Quentin.  I have no idea, insists Charles.  I'll go to Petofi for an explanation, says Quentin.  Things don't always need explanations, says Charles, you don't have to know about everything in the universe.  He looks more closely at the portrait, uncomfortable.  Are you telling me not to go to Petofi? Asks Q.  I'd never tell anyone that, says Charles--you can do as you like, good night.  Quentin stops him.  I'll kill you if you tell anyone about this, he vows.  "I am an artist," says Charles, the only way I tell anything is with my canvas.  Quentin, frustrated, replaces the cover over the wolf's face.

Trask expresses his sorrow about Charity to Amanda--my daughter is a great trial, he sighs--you aren't alone in having a misfortune.  She seems to hate me so much, says Amanda.  Hatred is a sign of the devil's presence, just as love is of our maker's, says Trask--I'm fortunate our maker has given me the strength to help whatever unfortunates I might meet.  Trask spots Tate coming downstairs and closes the double doors.  Amanda looks like she can't live through anymore Trask moments.  Trask greets Tate, asking, are you in the custom of coming to the house without calling on me?  I'm ready to paint Charity, says Tate.  Not convenient, says Trask, my daughter is not well.  Charles is sorry to hear that.  There is someone I would like you to paint, says Trask--a dear girl, buffeted by life, in need of confidence and stability--yes, it's an admirable idea.  He takes Tate to meet Amanda, calling it a very great honor that Charles Tate has agreed to paint her.  This is Amanda Harris, says Trask.  "I know," falters Tate, staring raptly at Amanda.  "I know."

Trask looks from Tate to Amanda--have you  met her before? Trask asks.  I saw her once, at the Inn, says Charles.  Amanda is staying with us now, says Trask, and you should feel thrilled the great Tate wants to paint you.  She grins--I am, she says.  It's settled, says Trask, I'll leave the two of you to discuss the details--I want the preliminary sketches done here, my only request.  He leaves the room.  Tate walks closer to Amanda, asking, do you feel it?  I beg your pardon? She asks.  Do you feel the way I do--that you've seen me before? He asks.  She doesn't respond--I haven't met you, she says finally--I'd remember, although Count Petofi asked me if I knew a Mr. Tate--having seen you, I know I haven't.  Then you do feel as if you've seen me before, he asks (?)  Why should I? asks Amanda--we just met.  There are so many things I must know, says Tate--when were you born?  She can't seem to reply, although it isn't an unusual question.  Please don't ask, she says, upset.  I must ask, he says, I have to know.  Nothing to know, she insists, nothing.  Please, he begs, tell me.  I feel like I should try to tell you, she says--why do I feel that way?

Charity washes her hands in a bowl as Trask, says, every moment you're like this is a disgrace to me, and I won't have it.  Get that woman out of here, she orders.  He refuses.  Then I will leave, she says.  Where will you go? he asks, wherever the devil leads you?  That woman is going to cause great trouble here, warns Charity.  She's staying, insists Trask, and there is nothing you can do about it--I'm doing my duty and neither you nor anyone else will stop me.  "You'll regret it if I leave," says Charity.  If you leave, you'll soon learn how cruel the world is, predicts Trask.  She bursts into laughter.  You will come begging me to take you back! he assures her as she continues to laugh--one hour in the outside world will make you realize who you are!  That stops her laughter; she returns to fury mode.  I know who I am, all right, she blares--I'm Pansy Faye and I take no guff from anyone--I will return to this house as Mrs. Quentin Collins, and I will kick Amanda out, and you, too, you'll see!  He leaves without another word.  "You'll see!" she shouts at his retreating back.  She begins to pack, tossing the crimson shawl in first.

Charles desperately tries to convince Amanda to tell him about herself, but she is forced to admit she very little.  Tell me, he implores.  I remember a newspaper lying on the street, she says, a strange Street--I picked it up--I had no purse, jewelry or anything that gave me a hint about myself--I read that newspaper for hours, trying to find SOMETHING to help me remember, before that date--March 11, 1895.
Wait here for me, orders Tate--I can't explain what I have to do anymore than you can tell me about yourself.  He hurriedly leaves, Amanda pursuing him.  Charity, dressed outrageously, comes downstairs, cawing to Amanda--you've won the battle, but not the war--I'll be back, and when I return, you will be sent packing--you're gonna be so unhappy, so sorry you ever stayed.  And Charity, laughing, exits.  Amanda slams the door after her.

Tate is looking for the first sketch he made of THAT FACE--Amanda remembers nothing before March 11, 1895.  He tears his studio apart--when did I first sketch that face?--here's the one--it's dated March 11, 1895.  I drew her face that day, the first she remembers!

Tate stares at his coal sketch of Amanda.  It's got to be a coincidence that Amanda remembers nothing before that date, and I made the sketch that same day--I must forget it, think of something else--I'll draw something, anything...he begins to draw.

Collinwood drawing room - Amanda hears a door slam.  She pulls open the doors eagerly.  It's Quentin, who realizes--you thought I'd be someone else--not the honorable Mr. Trask, I hope.  She shakes her head.  Tell me, he encourages--they don't have any secrets at Collinwood.  (HA!)  Mr. Tate, she replies.  No, he's not for you, objects Quentin, smiling, he never enjoys himself!--you want someone who knows how to enjoy himself.  He puts on his music.   I played it earlier, she explains--a madwoman stopped me, insisting it was your song.  He bows--may I have the pleasure of this dance? he asks.  I shouldn't, she says.  Don't you dance? he asks.  I do, says Amanda.  Then you have no excuses, he says.  She moves into his arms.  They begin to waltz.  That's a pretty melody, she comments.  I want to think of new words, happy words, he says, so every time I hear it, I think of you.  Don't make them too happy, she cautions, tell me the ones you know now.  He recites: Shadows of the night, calling silently, echoes of the past, calling you to me.  Haunting memories, veiled in misty glow. . .   At this point, they kiss.  Trask catches them in mid smooch.
Blame me, says Quentin, I was initiating Miss Harris into the rites of the moon worshippers.  I refuse to hear such talk, insists Trask--leave the room, Quentin.  YOU leave, Q retorts.  It's all right, Amanda assures Quentin.  And let him lecture you for the next hour? asks Quentin.  Accommodate this poor girl, if not me, suggests Trask.  Until tomorrow, murmurs Quentin, kissing Amanda's hand.  THAT IS NOT NECESSARY! shouts Trask.  Quentin turns to him--who are you to say? he asks, and leaves.  Amanda turns away from Trask.  You must have the strength to fight your weaknesses, he insists--I will see to it!--"You will never be alone in a room with Quentin Collins again!"--NEVER, do you understand?  Amanda clearly does, and is afraid.

In his studio, Tate has done a still life--fruit.  Something is missing, he decides--something else should be on the table, a tall vase.  He draws one.  Much better, he comments.  When he looks up, however, he sees the vase that he painted has actually appeared on the table.  What Charles Tate draws appears in real life!

NOTE:  Whoa, Charles, draw me a pile of money!  Seriously, since Tate painted Quentin, why don't we have a Quentin clone running around?  If everything he paints appears, there must be a lot of items, not to mention people, in the world that have evolved from his brush.  And he's drawn Amanda more than once--why doesn't she have twins, triplets, quads?  It's an interesting concept, but what are the parameters.

Quentin really does having a roving eye, doesn't he?  Or a roving something else?  He meets Amanda; they appear immediately smitten with each other, and now she's already in dutch with Trask.  How long before she becomes another of his cottage dollies?

Charity has gone, where, we don't know, but she's intending to re-charge Pansy Faye's batteries (and why didn't she change back as the others did)?  She'll come back to fight for a man who really wants nothing to do with her--Quentin.  Who really wants him--Pansy or Charity?  Or is it a bit of both?  And why?

Too much Tate!

Love, Robin

208
Robservations / Robservations 2/27/03 - #830/831 - Quentin at Trask's Mercy
« on: February 26, 2003, 09:57:53 PM »
830 - Charity wanders the woods, bewailing what she and Quentin are going to do with so little time--we must do something.  A hand drops on her shoulder; it's Magda, who gently asks, what are you doing here alone?  Help me, she begs Magda, it's Quentin!  What about him? asks Magda anxiously.  It's only 12 days until the day of his death--the 12th day of September, sobs Charity.
Charity cries into her hands.  How dod you find out about Quentin? Magda asks.  She saw it in a vision, says Charity--I wish it would be me instead of Quentin--I wish I didn't have this awful power; it's made me so miserable!--I always have bad visions of death and destruction.  What else did you see? asks Magda.  Nothing, only Quentin lying on the floor in the tower room, all bloody---oh, it was awful! cries Charity.  Magda leads her back to Collinwood, Charity crying all the way.

3:40 - Quentin drinks in Collinwood's drawing room.  Trask returns home.  Quentin asks how things are with Judith.  She's improved considerably, says Trask.  Put some arsenic in her tea next time you go to visit her, suggests Quentin.  (Nah, he poisoned the other wife, might look too suspicious.)  Trask accuses him of drinking.  Just one, says Q, want some?  No, I don't approve of intoxicating beverages, says Trask; I would prefer they are forbidden in this house.  (as IF!)  I thought you'd want to help me celebrate the return of Edward and Jamison, says Q.  Trask isn't happy to hear this.  They have both recovered? he asks.  Completely, says Quentin.  I'm glad to hear it, says Trask.  "So glad you could cry," says Quentin, laughter in his eyes.  I prayed for their recovery everyday, insists Trask.  You prayed for them to drop dead, and they disappointed you, says Quentin--you aren't going to be master of Collinwood, Trask, and I think that calls for a second drink.  Trask asks where Edward is.  He went out late this afternoon, answers Q.  And Jamison? queries Trask.  Stay away from him, warns Quentin.  I merely wants to talk to the boy, says Trask.  "But he doesn't want to talk to you," says Quentin menacingly.  Charity and Magda enters.  What happened to my daughter? asks Trask.  Charity races into Quentin's arms--Quentin, darling!  Quentin unwraps her from around his person.  I must speak to you, Magda tells Trask.  Control yourself! Trask orders his daughter.  Take your filthy hands off me! she orders--and stop calling me by that stupid name.  She runs into the servants' quarters.  Quentin advises Trask, take Charity with you next time you go to the sanitarium--and leave her there.  He runs upstairs.  Magda tells Trask, Charity was wandering alone in the woods.  Twisting his hands together, Trask wonders why Charity hasn't recovered as Edward and Jamison did.  Perhaps Quentin is right, says Magda--you should take her to the sanitarium.  My daughter isn't mad, insists Trask angrily, just possessed by an evil spirit!  What will you do about it? queries Magida.  I'll be guided by what the Almighty decides, answers Trask--when it's time for her to recover, the demon will leave her, and she'll be herself again. And what if she kills somebody in the meantime? asks Magda--she tried before.  There's no proof she tried to kill Beth, says Trask-- Charity is incapable of killing anyone.  No, Charity isn't, says Magda, but this one is, she's crazy, do you know what she told me when we were returning to the house?--that Quentin is in love with her!--ain't that crazy?  No, says Charity, re-entering the room, Quentin DOES love me, and neither of you is going to keep me away from him--or that harpy he thinks he's gonna marry--I lost one love in this house when Carl died, I ain't going to lose another one.  She gets in Trask's face, warning, I'll kill the next person who tries to get between me and Quentin--"You just think about that, guv'nor," she warns her father.  Magda confidentially tells Trask, I don't know about you, but I believe her.  I do, too, admits Trask--what will I do?--I don't know--perhaps I should place her temporarily in the sanitarium.  "Ohhh, and who's gonna take me there?" demands Charity from the top of the stairs--"you, maybe?--over my dead body, Luv!  OVER MY DEAD BODY!"  Trask eyes her warily.  Magda looks helpless--and hopeless.

7:55 - We hear Charity's music, sweetly playing from the gramophone.  She lies in bed, listening to it.  Do you like it? she asks Magda.  I only likes gypsy music, answers magda.  You've got to listen whether you like it or not, says Charity.  All right, concedes Magda.  Charity asks, how much longer is he going to have you keep watch over me? Magda denies she's doing this--he wants to be sure you stay calm, answers the gypsy.  I will, says Charity, as long as no one interferes with me.

Trask sits down in the drawing room, from which he can clearly hear Pansy's music upstairs.  Quentin comes in--where is Magda?  Upstairs with Charity, says Trask--I asked Magda to stay with her.  You could have told me that before I left the house, complains Q.  I didn't know you were looking for her, says Trask--I want to talk to you.  I don't have time, insists Q.  Make time! orders Trask--I want to settle the matter between you and my daughter--this disgusting infatuation she has for you.  Talk to her about that, suggests Q.  I want to know your intentions regarding my daughter, says Trask.  "My intentions?  I don't have any!" says Q.  You have led her to believe you have, says Trask.  "That's a lie!" says Q.
I'm not a fool, says Trask, I saw the way she threw herself at you, and a young lady doesn't behave that way unless she's been encouraged, somehow, by the man.  Listen to me, says Q, Charity isn't MY problem, she's YOURS!--I'm not responsible for what happened to Charity and don't want to be blamed for it!  Now if you'll excuse me.  Magda stands at the top of the steps and tells "Mr. Trask"--Charity wants to see you, asked to speak to you right away.  Trask heads upstairs immediately.  Magda asks Q, what's wrong with you?  Come into the drawing room, he urges, closing the doors when she joins him.  We have to think of something to do--there's going to be another full moon tonight, and I can't live through it again, I just can't, insists Q.  We have tried everything, nothing worked, she reminds him--there's only one person who might be able to help you--Petofi.  I hate talking to that man, protests Quentin.  You "ain't" in no position to make choices, says Magda.  I had a dream last night, he says--saw Tessie Kincaid, what she looked like after she'd been attacked.  Stop torturing yourself, she begs, go to Petofi now.  It's no use, insists Quentin--I already know his answer.  You are the one person in the family he doesn't hate, points out Magda, and you know why!  Yes, I do, says Q, because I was a victim of the curse myself, and we have something in common.  He has sympathy for you, says Magda, and you're the only one in the family he didn't hurt.  He hasn't hurt me, but hasn't helped me, either, says Q, and has no intentions of doing so.  How can you say that? asks Magda.  There may be only one way to prevent tonight from happening, he says--you'll see.  He pulls open the doors.  Trask is there.  Quentin demands, how long have you been listening?  I wasn't, says Trask--I was about to enter the room.  Quentin chuckles and heads upstairs.  What's wrong with him? asks Trask--you usually makes it your business to know everyone's secrets.  I know nothing, she says, and you say you can't afford to concern yourself with Quentin, anyway.  Go stay with Charity, says Trask.  I have better things to do, protests the gypsy.  I'll make it well worth your while to keep Charity in the room, by force, if necessary, he says.  I promise you nothing, says Magda, but I will try.  She heads upstairs.  He sits down at the desk, puzzled.  Lightning flashes.  The windows blow open.  Trask looks around nervously.  The double doors close before he can leave the room.  "I have come back to warn you," says a female voice.  "Minerva, I beg you to leave me alone!" he cries.  (Sounds much younger than Minerva.)  He stands there, head darting, eyes staring, terrified.

Thunder and lightning blast and blare, winds closing and opening the windows.  Trask, frightened, assures Minerva, "I will do anything you ask!"  Leave this house, the ghostly woman's voice warns him, he's in this house, he will kill again!  I don't understand, says Trask.  The beast that walks like a man, she clarifies.  "You're not Minerva?" he asks.  BEWARE OF THE FULL MOON AND THE BEAST, says the voice.  YOU MUST STOP HIM!  Trask looks around, asking who?  He is in this house, now, says the woman.  Show yourself to me, who are you? he asks--who are you talking about, where in this house is he?  The double doors open by themselves.  "In this house--the beast who walks like a man!" says Trask.  "Somewhere in this house!"

Quentin goes into his room, breathing heavily.  The storm rages.  The spectral form of a woman appears by the window.  Who are you? he asks--speak to me.  I will be with you tonight, she tells him, lightning illuminating her body.
Please, have mercy on me, have mercy! cries Q, covering his face with his hands, crying.  Abruptly, all sounds stop.  He looks, the figure is gone.  I won't let that happen again, he promises himself.  He takes paper and ink and starts to write.  Magda enters.  I heard you yelling, she says.  It's all over, says Q, the curse is about to end.  What are you doing? she asks--it isn't possible.  I'm making it possible, he says, writing a farewell note to Beth, something I should have done a long time ago, the only way to end this misery.  Magda watches him write--what are you talking about? she asks.  There's not going to be a change tonight, he says, because there won't be a Quentin.  I won't let you do it, she insists, grabbing the piece of paper, crumpling it up.  You can't stop me, he says--and give me that note!  No, says Magda, listen, if we can get you through tonight, we have a whole month to try to find a way to help you!  Magda, he says, I can't get through this night without committing another bloody murder, and I won't let it happen again.  And I won't let you take your life! insists Magda  Don't you understand? He asks--there's no other answer, I'll be gone and no one will ever know.  "You don't want to die, do you?" she asks.  No, I don't he admits.  Then we've got to find a way to get you through tonight, she says urgently--we've got to try!

Trask sits in the drawing room.  It's 6 PM.  He rises, looks at the clock, and heads upstairs.

Magda is chaining Quentin to a sturdy wooden post in his room, locking everything up.  I will stay with you, watch over you, she promises--and I have my pentagram.  All right, says Q, I said he'd go through with this, on one condition--go to my desk, in the top right hand drawer.  She hesitates.  Do it! he orders.  In the drawer, she finds a gun.  Don't just stare at it, pick it up, he says.  What do you want me to do with this? she asks.  It contains six silver bullets, says Q.  I can't escape this room, but if I get away, you are to shoot me through the heart--promise me, he says.  She shakes her head, but finally agrees to his terms.  Trask bursts in--I must speak to Quentin!  He beholds his brother in law all chained up.  "GET OUT OF HERE, TRASK!" screams Quentin.  Trask stares at him, stupefied, and refuses--I'm going to stay!  Get him out of here! Quentin commands Magda.  Trask wrests the gun away from Magda and examines the bullets.
I won't ask him why the gun is filled with silver bullets, says Trask, or why you manacled yourself--I think I'll just stay--and see the answers for myself--when the moon rises!

NOTES:  This is seriously bad for Quentin, of course, to have his enemy pointing a silver-bullet loaded gun at him while he's vulnerable, mere moments from turning into the wolf.  What will happen?  Will Quentin break free after the transformation and kill Trask, or will Trask shoot him full of silver bullets and destroy Quentin?  How is it all going to end?  A very exciting cliffhanger here, of course, one I remember well from 1969.  I know what is going to happen, but I'm not telling.

Cool that Angelique cured Jamison and Edward, guess her powers are greater than Petofi's.  Love it!  Now Quentin is betrothed, but notice he hasn't told a soul, and Magda didn't flinch when Charity mentioned "that harpy," which could only have meant Angelique (or perhaps Beth)?

One wonders--if Edward hadn't changed back to his old self, would Charity have given him some fun favors?  Did Trask think, just for a moment, that Magda and Quentin were playing some "M&M" games in his room?

Interesting how Trask kept thinking it was Minerva haunting him, when it was either Tessie or Dorcas or one of Quentin's other victims.  Wonder why she, whoever she was, came to Trask?  I guess that's why I figured it had to be Dorcas, with her crush on the Rev and all.

Pretty good eps, love Nancy Barrett, but miss Barnabas!


831 - (Did Magda chain Quentin with the same chains used to keep Barnabas imprisoned in his coffin?  How ironic, if so.)

Fashion blast from the past - Magda is wearing the same color of lip gloss I used to, I noticed--nice stuff.

Trask has a cruel gleam in his eye as he threatens to see the answers for himself when the moon rises.  Quentin looks lost, helpless and trapped.

Magda and Quentin exchange frightened looks as Trask boasts, the two most loquacious people I know are utterly speechless.  Magda says, we both must leave.  Only you will go, insists Trask-- and get used to doing what I tell you--your involvement with this man-beast, has placed you completely at my mercy--I will deal with you after I deal with Quentin.  What are you going to do to us? she demands.   I am going to dispose of Quentin altogether, he says, but I haven't decided your fate yet--go to Charity's room.  Quentin agrees that Magda should do as told.  Before she leaves, Trask pries the keys to the shackles from her hand, hurting her in the process.  "Go!" he barks.  He smiles at Q--imagine what this will look like in the newspapers, one of the staid and proper Collins (Quentin staid and proper?)  a creature of the supernatural, a maniacal murderer--I can hardly wait to see the look on Edward's face!  If you don't get out of here, warns Quentin, you won't EVER get to break your story to the newspapers; if you stay here after the transformation takes place, I'll kill you.  Thanks for the warning, says Trask, and releases him from the shackles--there's an hour before the moon rises, so I'm taking you to the police; since they will know the whole story anyway, might as well let them watch it happen.  He holds the gun on the freed Quentin, who smiles and says, I know you're enjoying this, but you know, you've forgotten one important detail--if you take me to the police, there will be a double scandal, and you will be in it up to your neck--ah, says Q, seeing Trask's dismayed face, I see I don't need to dust off your memory--I do indeed still have the incriminating confession in my possession.  It's a fake, insists Trask.  We know it's a fake, says Q, but the police...you don't know about them, they tend to believe everything in writing.  Trask asks, where is the confession?--I want it.  Quentin giggles--you want it, go look for it.  Trask holds the gun to his head--tell me where the confession is, he orders, or I'll kill you.  Oh, no you won't, says Q, if I die, the curse ends, and the transformation won't take place.  I don't believe that, says Trask.  Shoot me and find out, advises Q.  Turn around, orders Trask.  What for? Q asks.  "Just turn around!" repeats Trask.  Quentin turns away from Trask, who slams him over the head with the gun.  With Quentin unconscious, Trask begins frantically searching Quentin's desk, pushing papers and books onto the floor.  He kneels beside Quentin and looks through his pockets, finding the confession in his breast pocket.

Magda paces downstairs in the drawing room.  Angelique enters.  Trask knows about Quentin, reveals the gypsy--you must do something before he takes him to the police--he's with Quentin and has a gun with the silver bullets.
Keep calm, says Angelique, not terribly calm herself.  It's going to be dark soon, bleats Magda.  Angelique assures her, I will take care of Trask, don't worry--come with me, she tells Magda.  They head upstairs together.

Trask leads Quentin, who is holding his aching head, to the same cell in which Jamison was imprisoned, and locks him in.  The stalemate has ended, says Trask, I have the paper now.  Why did you bring me down here rather than taking me to the police? asks Q.  I may not have time now before the moon rises to get you into Collinsport, says Trask, so I will witness the transformation myself, then bring the police to see you in your "other" form.  "You're as good as dead right now, Quentin," gloats Trask.

Angelique finds Quentin's room empty.  Magda joins her.  Perhaps Trask took him to the police, says Magda.  Go to Trask's room and get me something of his, commands Angelique, a close personal possession--and hurry!  Angelique kneels by the fire and takes a necklace from around her neck and into her hands.  Jewel of antiquity, dispatch your powers on reflection, she says, through these flames, bring me an image of those I seek--show me where they are this moment.  The blue jewel in the center turns into a mini TV--we see Quentin in the cell.  She holds the necklace lovingly.  Magda returns with Trask's reading glasses, which Ang says will do well.  Trask has him in the basement cell, says Angelique--Magda, leave the room.  The gypsy goes, not at all pleased.  Angelique takes the glasses in one hand and the necklace in the other.  She holds the glasses over the necklace, swaying them back and forth, then in a circle.  Mr. Trask, you will hear my voice, but only in your mind, she says--I will enter your mind and your willpower will crumble before my commands--and your mind and your thoughts will be under my control.  You will do what I tell you to do.

Quentin sits in the cell, head in hands.  You have another half an hour, says Trask, only 30 more minutes.  (Trask is so pleased, one wishes to slap him.)  Trask begins to touch his head, hearing Angelique's voice inside it.  "Now, Mr. Trask," she says, I am taking control, now!  Your mind belongs to ME, you must accept that, there are no other choices open to you.  You will lift up the pistol, Mr. Trask.  He does.  And you will take the pistol to the drawing room.  Quentin asks Trask what he's doing, but the latter has fallen into a complete trance.  Angelique continues--when you get to the drawing room, you will know what to do.  Quentin demands, Trask, tell me where you're going.  The Reverend simply leaves.

7:30 PM - Trask comes in from the servants' entrance, gun in hand.  He opens the double doors and enters, then sits before the desk and puts the gun down.  He takes the inkwell and pen, and writes, "Tonight, there will be another full moon.  I can no longer bear the thought of changing into the animal and spilling more blood.  I must take my own life, it is the only escape for me."  The front door opens.  Trask takes the gun and puts it into the desk.  He rises.  Petofi enters carrying something large and bewrapped.  He cordially greets Trask, who is standing there like an automaton.  I'm looking for Quentin, says Petofi.  I haven't seen him, says Trask.  Curious, says Petofi, I was sure you'd know where he was.  No, says Trask, slowly and carefully.  Charles Tate finished Quentin's portrait, says Petofi--I consider it an extraordinary likeness.  Petofi notices Trask is ignoring him, and says, "Someone has decided to prevent you from pursuing your duties--I won't have that, Mr. Trask, you must come within reach of your triumph, but only within reach."  (Ah, so he set all this up!  Probably gave Charity the visions.)  The ultimate triumph for tonight will be Petofi's, but I shall have it!  Petofi puts the portrait in the foyer, leaning it against the table.  Magda comes in, sees him, and tries to flee.  Petofi stops her, demanding to know where Angelique is.  I ain't seen her, says Magda.  Stop lying, orders Petofi, you know where she is and what's she's doing.  Magda denies this.  Petofi grabs her around the throat, threatening to tear her gypsy heart out before he asks again.  She chokes out, she's upstairs in Quentin's room.  He throws her to the ground and takes the portrait upstairs.

In the drawing room, Angelique speaks to Trask: "The pistol.  Take the pistol in your hand."  He does so.  "And raise it to your temple."  Trask does so...
Angelique tells Trask, at the count of three, you'll pull the trigger.  She begins to count, but before she can reach three, Petofi bursts in.  "You live dangerously for one so lovely, my dear," he says--"I tolerated your interference once before, I cannot tolerate it again."  He puts down the portrait.  Tonight is far too important to me.  And to me, retorts Angelique--do you know what will happen to Quentin if Trask isn't stopped?  I do, says Petofi.  And you want it to happen? she asks.  Yes, says Petofi.  Well I do not, she asserts--I will not allow Quentin to be sacrificed.  "You will do just what I tell you to do," says Petofi, taking the necklace from her hand.  She cries out when he does this.
He crushes her necklace in his magic hand (actually, we hear the sound, but not much happens to the necklace.)  "So much for your petty black magic," says Petofi, "now Mr. Trask can resume his duties.  She moves to smack him across the face, but he easily stops her and says, I admire your spirit and temper, I like you, and find you most appealing.  He takes both her hands in both of his and says, while Trask recovers his wits, I want to show you something--and he slips the cover off Quentin's portrait.

Trask sits there, dazed, and reads the note he had previously written.  He crumbles it up and tosses it into the fireplace.  He checks his watch, takes the gun, and heads out of the room.

Petofi shows Angelique Quentin's portrait--don't you find it magnificent? He asks--don't be too angry with me, I do assure you everything will turn out for the best--what is meant to be, must be--come with me, I don't want you out of my sight  until the moon has risen.  "It will be my night," cackles Petofi.  "My night!"  She leaves, Petofi following.

Magda comes hurriedly downstairs, explaining, Angelique is trying to help you, but Petofi learned about it and stopped her--we must get him out.  She takes the key from the wall and starts to open the door. "Gypsy!" cries Trask, holding the gun on her--get away from the door, unless you want to be locked in with your friend and get a really good view of what's going to happen.  No, says Magda.  Get out and stay out, orders Trask.  Moaning, she leaves.  It almost worked, Quentin, says Trask, but whatever was happening could not stand up to one who has the Almighty on his side!  Trask grins.  "There is no help for you now, Quentin, and there never will be.  In exactly one minute, the moon will begin to rise, and I will be witness to the fact that the transformation took place in my presence--then the whole world will know what your secret is!"
Quentin's eyes show abject terror.

NOTES:  Quentin's in big trouble now!  Will he transform in front of Trask, revealing that he is the werewolf responsible for all the killings?  Will Trask shoot him with the silver bullets?  Will Petofi be able to save Quentin from what seems to be an inevitable fate?  What does the portrait Tate painted of Quentin have to do with anything?  Portraits on this show often possess powers of their own--is that the case here?  Poor Quentin--what will his fate be?  He's turning into a decent guy, does this mean he's going to end up with cruel fate abusing him?

Love, Robin

209
Robservations / Robservations 2/26/03 - Angelique Steps In - #828-829
« on: February 25, 2003, 09:52:19 PM »
828 - Lara Parker does our intro, which means Angelique is finally going to be in an episode!

Johnny raises his scimitar and brings it down, laughing--but someone shoves a knife in his back--Aristede.  Johnny falls to the floor.  Relieved, Petofi calls Aristede a "dear, dear boy." Are you all right? asks Aristede.  Yes, thanks to your providential arrival, says Petofi--I owe my life to you--untie my wrist; it's uncomfortable.  Eyes glittering with hatred, Petofi reveals that Barnabas told Johnny about me--he betrayed me!--wherever he turns, Barnabas has contrived to make matters uncomfortable for me--we must deal with Barnabas, decrees Petofi, as soon as we deal with the gypsy on the floor.  I dealt with him rather well, brags Aristede, considering how far he was from the door. And I'll remember that, promises Petofi--now we must deal with this savage.  Aristede pulls out the knife and wipes the blood on Johnny's grand velvet cape.  "This one doesn't have long to go," says Aristede.  Did you hear that? Petofi asks the gypsy--I promised you things beyond your dreams, and you never dreamt you would die tonight, but you are, and I will kill all your kind that cross my path--they must learn to leave me alone and give me peace.  "No!" shouts Johnny hoarsely--"No peace for you, none!  You kill King Johnny, you think you are safe--think again--nine days after my spirit leaves the earth, I will return, and give the power to another gypsy somewhere, he will then have the power kill you--whoever he is, wherever he is, you will not know
--he will come for you, until then, the golden scimitar will be raised against you again."  Aristede requests permission to finish Johnny off now.  "And you!" shouts Johnny, "you've done enough to King Johnny--my spirit curses you!"  He spits at him, then dies.  Aristede is about to stab him again.  Save your weapons for the living, advises Petofi, holding him back--"The dog is dead."  He immediately takes a drink, obviously shaken.  I don't like the idea of his cursing me, frets Aristede.  You killed ONE gypsy, says Petofi, I've killed hundreds in my time--in spite of all their curses, I have dined well, slept well and dreamt no desperate dreams--dispose of him.  What if the others come looking for him? asks Aristede.  He boasted he was the only one who knew where I was, says Petofi, I could leave him in an open field, like an animal--get a shovel and bury him immediately.  They'll never know what happened, says Aristede, and walks away.  Perhaps not, says Petofi to himself, if we dig well and deep enough--but in nine days, another gypsy will know the power over Petofi has been passed on to him.  This does not please Count Petofi at all, as his haunted eyes attest.

Study - Jamison lies asleep, Quentin watching him with loving eyes.  Jamison awakens and greets Quentin.  I feel very sleepy, says Jamison.  We can talk for a while, says Q--I'd like that very much.  "David," he calls--"Tell me how we met in 1969."  Jamison says he must know how they met.  I just want to see if you remember, says Quentin.  Jamison/David explains about the telephone they found in the West Wing--"You used to tell Amy, and me, what you wanted, on that telephone."  Oh, says Q, but then, you wouldn't have recognized me--you saw me in 1969?  Sure, says David/Jamison, when we went into the sealed room, and found the skeleton.  Where did you find the skeleton? Asks Q.   "In a chair, near a big rolltop desk," replies Jamison.  Quentin is alarmed to hear that--the sealed room is my room, and the skeleton must be mine.  I'm tired, complains Jamison--I want to sleep.  Not yet, begs Q--even though you found the skeleton, you saw me--what did I look like?  Jamison doesn't understand what he's asking--you looked like Quentin, how else would you look?  Quentin doesn't know--how does a ghost look?  That's why they were all afraid of you, explains David/Jamison; they said you were evil.  Am I evil? asks Quentin.  Beth loves you, says Jamison.  What is Beth doing there? asks Quentin.  I don't want to talk anymore, says the boy--I'll do as you want, but please let me sleep...he drifts into slumber.  Quentin thinks to himself--I'm frightened to know that in 1969, Quentin Collins will be a skeleton in a sealed up room, a ghost terrorizing a small boy and driving people from Collinwood--why does this lie in store for me?--how does it happen, and what does it mean?  Angelique appears in the corner--I was looking for you--how is Jamison?  He's very sick, says Quentin.  Jamison awakens and looks up at her.  "Cassandra!" he cries.  (Uh oh, he remembers stepmama dearest)  I didn't know she was coming back! Cries the boy.  And I didn't know you were at Collinwood, in David Collins' time, says Quentin.  Another time, another name--yes, I was here, admits Ang.  Or I WILL be there, before you arrive, however.  I do arrive, says Quentin, and I'm terrified to think how, why or as what--there must be a way to end this, save them now and in the future, too.  Perhaps, says Ang, but won't tell him anything--I will try to remove the spell from Jamison, and Edward, too--if you'll marry me.  "You offered to help me once before," he reminds her--"IF I would marry you."  I know, she says, and I failed, thus the marriage was off, she agrees--this time, you must promise you'll marry me no matter what happens
--the spells on Jamison and Edward are very powerful, I have strong powers, too, but I don't know if they are strong enough, and won't know until I try--it's far easier to cast a spell than remove one, as you yourself know from your situation (and as she knows from cursing Barnabas in 1795).  And if you fail? asks Q.  There is a chance Edward and Jamison will die, she says.  No, protests Q.  But if I succeed, she says, they will be as they were before--look at the boy and tell me what you want me to do.  Quentin walks over and gazes down at his sleeping nephew.

Petofi walks through the woods, carrying a lantern--this place will be perfect to bury King Johnny, he tells Aristede.  I'm exhausted from bringing him here, protests Aristede.  I don't want the body found because you have an aversion to physical labor, says Petofi.  Aristede rises and says, I find it a lot easier to kill a man than bury him.  Petofi agrees with this.  Aristede mops his face with his red handkerchief.  Start digging, orders Petofi, it's almost dawn.  Dead, King Johnny lies there, eyes wide open.

I want an answer, Quentin, demands Angelique.  He doesn't look thrilled, but agrees--do what you must, and so will I.  I hope you mean it, says Ang, I don't like to be disappointed.  (gee, really?)  We are going to get married, he assures her--at least start off in a pleasant atmosphere.  Yes, she agrees, no time for suspicion--I have much to do, for both Jamison and Edward--if I can--go now, she orders, I want to be alone with the boy.

Aristede puts the finishing touches on Johnny's grave, patting down the earth--good enough, he says, properly done, King Johnny Romano is now sovereign of the worms.  Petofi gets a weird feeling that something is working against his spells, trying to raise them from the people at Collinwood--I cannot endure that--I must go to Collinwood at once--go back to the mill, Aristede, and destroy the golden scimitar--break it up, melt it down, get rid of it.  If it has no powers, why do you want me to get rid of it so quickly? asks Arristede.  Because the gypsies think it has the power to take my hand, says Petofi--I'm going to Collinwood to find out who dares to defy the will of Count Petofi!  They head in separate directions, leaving behind the freshly dug grave.

Angelique kneels at Jamison's head, fire burning behind her.  "Jamison Collins, I command that you throw off the possession that has been placed upon you by the powers of evil. . .listen only to my voice. . .do nothing but that I tell you to do, nothing, even though it may cost you your life."

6 o'clock - Quentin paces the drawing room as the hour chimes.  Someone knocks at the door-- Petofi.  What are you doing here? he demands.  Petofi shoots the question right back at him--what are YOU doing here?--whatever is going on in this house, I will not have it--she must stop immediately.  She? asks Quentin.  Don't be a fool or think me one, insists Petofi--who but Angelique would make the dreadful error of tampering with my spells?--she must stop and come here at once!

Angelique continues to try to lift Jamison's spell--listen only to my voice, feel the vibrations of life returning, she tells the child...  Feeling Petofi summoning her, she stops, rises and leaves the study.

I wish you could cast aside the petty concerns of family affairs, the urge to patch up something far past patching, says Petofi--let the Collins family return to the nothingness from which it came!  Quentin gazes steadily at him.  Your future could be brighter and far more expansive than you ever dreamed, if you could come over to my camp, develop those talents I perceive in you, urges Petofi--great talents, rare talents.  For what? asks Quentin.  For evil, my dear boy, says Petofi, pure evil.  Angelique enters.  You're a charming lady who has also taken the wrong side, says Petofi--you're interfering in matters that don't concern you--a serious mistake.
Angelique assures him, I never involve myself in anything that does not concern me.  Neither you nor Quentin shall attempt to change any of my spells on Collinwood, orders Petof--is that clear?  No, it's not, says Angelique (you GO, girl!), and I will not be spoken to in that manner.  I know who you are and how to deal with you, he warns.  "Then DEAL with me," she challenges, because I will do exactly as I please.  You are tragically mistaken, he says.  One of us is, she counters, only time will tell which one--excuse me, I haven't finished my day's work.  She turns to go.  This day's work will never be finished, insists Petofi.  Angelique doesn't stick around to hear the rest of the sentence.  She's gone. "You have my warning," Petofi tells Quentin--I'm not responsible for what happens to anyone if you interfere with my plans.  Petofi leaves.  Quentin heads upstairs.

Jamison calls for Quentin--why did you ask about the telephone when you already know about it?--Amy used to talk to you!  Angelique stands at the foot of the couch.  Remember everything I said to you, she urges--answer my question now with the truth for all time--"Tell me who you are!"  David Collins, he responds.  She asks him again, louder, and gets the same response.  Asks again, desperately. "David Collins!" he cries--"my name is David!"  She asks again, but this time, he replies that he isn't sure.  (Progress?)

At the mill, Aristede searches everywhere for the Golden Scimitar.  Petofi comes down, bellowing for the red candles of Kari and the parchment that belonged to some soothsayer.  Aristede, very nervous, hesitantly tells Petofi the scimitar was gone--I searched everywhere--no other gypsy knew it was here.  Get me the things I want, orders Petofi--and hurry!--no time to worry about the sword now--the only gypsy who knew where it was was King Johnny, and King Johnny is dead and buried.  Petofi stares at his hand.

"Who are you??" demands Angelique of Jamison.  He twists his head back and forth.  "Not who I thought I was," he answers.  "I'm someone else, someone far away!"  Yes, agrees Angelique, someone else far away, and you must let that someone into your body, where he belongs!  You must say your rightful name, claim your right identity, be who you were born.  Go on, tell me, I command you now to tell me who you are!"  "I am..." begins Jamison.  There's a burst of lightning, then thunder.  Angelique's eyes widen with fear.
"Tell me who you are!" she cries.  No! yells Jamison, no!  She kneels again--you must tell me who you are! she insists, you must, you must.  The child screams NO, over and over, then passes out.  Angelique stares down at him, frustrated.  Did it work or did it fail?  Did Petofi prevail?

NOTES:  What a terrible thing to do to a proud gypsy--stab him in the back and bury him in a nameless grave.  One hopes King Johnny did come and recover his sword, and will soon pass it along to the next in line to get back Petofi's hand.  He is a miserable SOB and doesn't deserve it!

Angelique returned, and now we know that she was NOT engaged to Quentin all this time, but she resurrected her request--whether she succeeds or not--and how he's stuck.  How will Beth feel?  And Pansy--will she try to poison Quentin's fiancee?  And this time, there will be no backing out--Quentin must marry Angelique even if she fails!

The scene in which Angelique appears to be battling Petofi for David and Jamison's soul was very exciting.  The question is, which won out?  I just love the way she told him off; she's such a strong woman, and her beauty and spunk make her a fascinating character at this point in the story.  But why must she persist in blackmailing Collins men to marry her?  Find a man who loves you, girl, and get on with your life!


829 - After Jamison collapses, Angelique stares through the window, then turns to tell Petofi, you cannot take this boy--"I will not let you have him!"

Angelique turns back to Jamison, who lies motionless on the sofa.  She kneels before the fire, clasps her hands and asks the Master of Darkness, look with favor upon me--hear my plea, I beg you, in this most crucial struggle, help me restore the identity of this child, in order that Quentin Collins shall be mine--and yours!"  (oh, so is THAT the real deal?--she will force Quentin to give his soul to the devil, too?)

Up in the tower room, Edward, gentleman's gentleman, hears Charity singing her sing outside his door.  He listens.  She tries the door and finds it locked, complaining of "more secrets in this house!"  He calls out, who's there?, scaring her; she covers her mouth and says, I didn't know anyone was here.  I think you know who I am, says Edward--you were sent up here to taunt me by "him."  Who are you speaking of? she asks.  The scoundrel who locked me in this room, he says, I was all set to perform my duties with my usual excellence, but he didn't even give me the opportunity!  Charity looks sorry for him, proclaiming it an awful thing for someone to do.  Edward begs her--if he sent you here to give me false hope...   Oh, no, she assures him, I didn't even know you were here, you must believe that--I would like to help you.  Hopeful, Edward asks, is it possible to let me out?  If I can find the key, she says.  The master of the house has the key, says Edward.  Then you should just sit tight, I'll run fetch him, she promises.  I don't know how to thank you, says Edward.  Getting a flirtatious look on her face, she says, if you look like you sound, we'll think of a way.  And with a dirty laugh, swinging her crimson shawl, she walks off.  Edward sits on his bed, thrilled.

Back in the study, Angelique continues praying to the master of darkness.  Jamison stirs, and calls her Angelique.  She's delighted--he knows who she is!  How long have I been asleep? He asks.  That's not important, she says, you're yourself again.  What are you talking about? He asks.  What's the last thing you remember before falling asleep? She asks.  I remember saying goodbye in the foyer to that "man," replies the boy--his name has slipped my mind.  Victor Fenn Gibbons, she offers.  Yes, he's certainly a strange old man, comments Jamison.  Angelique agrees--very strange indeed--do you remember anything else?  He sits up.  I must have had a dream, he says, because things keep coming into my head, images, like an old box, carved, a little black notebook, and this hand that's cut off, with a red ring on it--I don't understand any of it.  It's far better that you don't, Angelique assures him.

Edward, up in the tower room, has been released from his spell, too.  He uncovers his face, stands, goes to the door, tries it, and furiously demands, let me out!  Charity returns to the other side of the door.  I had some trouble finding the keys, she says, but finally got them.  Open the door! He orders.  I must find the right key, she says.  Who are you? asks Edward.  You don't sound like the fellow I spoke with earlier, she complains.  OPEN THIS DOOR AND BE QUICK ABOUT IT! he barks.  She opens the door, mumbling about him getting high and mighty.  When he sees her, he says, "Charity!  What does this mean?"  You asked me to release you, right? she says.  Who locked me in this room, and why are you dressed that way?  He asks--the change in your voice, too.  YOU'RE the one who's changed, she says, walking her fingers up his tie--you seemed rather pleasant when I was up here before.  She pinches his cheek.  He pushes her away.  You've turned stuffy now, she sniffs.  He retorts, I think you have lost your mind.  He leaves the room, storming insolently past her.  One of us has gone mad, agrees Charity, that's for certain.  She closes the door behind her.

Quentin enters the study.  Everything is all right, says Angelique--Jamison is himself again.  Thank God! says Quentin, turning to his nephew--we were very worried about you.  Jamison stares fearfully at his uncle and asks, "Why are you trying to kill David Collins?"
Angelique gazes at Quentin for a moment, then turns away and walks a few feet from them, leaving them essentially alone.  Why did you  ask me that question, Jamison? Asks Quentin.  I don't know, replies the boy, it just came into my head, so I asked it.  Do you know who David is? Asks Q.  Someone that...someone that you're trying to kill, says Jamsion.  But you don't know who h is or what he looks like? asks Q.  No, says Jamison, confused, nor do I understand why you would want to kill anyone.  I don't, Quentin assures him--you had a terrible experience, but it's all over now, and we will take good care of you.  Edward enters--I thought everyone had died, he says sarcastically.  Quentin realizes his brother is back to himself--he's come out of it, too.  Of what? asks Edward--I only know I found myself locked in the tower room without the remotest idea how I got there.  I put you in there, says Quentin--you and Jamison were both in a state of possession for the last month, imposed on you by Count Petofi.  Have you lost your mind? asks Edward.  No, says Q, but you came very close to losing yours.  (Does Edward know who Count Petofi is?)  Absurd, says Edward.  Quentin asks, what's today's date?  Edward responds, the 23rd of July.  It's the 28th of August, corrects Quentin--and shows him the yesterday's newspaper, the BANGOR HERALD.  A whole month of my life, murmurs Edward--and Jamison's too?  Yes, answers Q.  Leave me alone with Jamison, says Edward.  Not yet, says Q, we have much talking to do.  Not yet, insists Edward, I must speak to my son; you and Angelique are to wait for me in the drawing room.  They go.  Edward gently asks Jamison, how do you feel?  Fine, says Jamison, but I have no memory of what happened.  I feel the same way, says Edward--it's frightening enough to know it really happened--I promise you that nothing like it will ever happen again--we will resume our normal lives, or leave Collinwood--I promise that.

Out in the foyer, Quentin angrily tells Angelique, Edward wants to see me alone.  Me, first, insists Angelique, walking into the drawing room.  He follows her; they close the doors.  Charity comes flouncing out and listens at the door.  What's on your mind? Quentin asks Angelique.  Now that Jamison and Edward are all right, I think we should seal our agreement, don't you? she asks.  Whatever you say, agrees Quentin, hands in pockets.  You could sound more enthusiastic, she chides.  I entered into this reluctantly and shall fulfill it no less reluctantly, he says.
Oh, Quentin, she says, I'm sorry to hear you say that; I like you very much.  But you don't love me, he points out, anymore than I love you.  Perhaps I do, she says.  Shouldn't you wait until you're sure? he asks.  No, we agreed to marry, and we will, she says, within the month--I will leave the exact date up to you.  He promises to let her know the place and time within a few days.  "Oh, no you won't," says the eavesdropping Charity aloud, "you ain't never gonna marry that one--not on your life!"

Charity hears footsteps and flees, running into the servants' quarters.  Edward enters the drawing room.  Excuse us, he asks Angelique.  She leaves.  I gather this possession didn't extend to you, says Edward--do you have any idea why?  Not the slightest, says Q.  What has he been doing all this time? demands Edward.  Busy, day and night, trying to undo what Petofi did, says Quentin.  Who is this Petofi? asks Edward.  A former houseguest of yours, says Q--Victor Fenn Gibbons.   Are you serious? asks Edward.  His real name is Andreas Petofi, a Hungarian nobleman, reveals Quentin--his friendship with the Earl of Hampshire is fiction, something I tried to warn you about before Jamison's possession, but you wouldn't believe him.  Edward nods, ashamed--I know--I thought it all too incredible then--"I'm sorry, Quentin."  His manner less adversarial, Quentin admits, if I had been in your place, I might not have believed it, either.  Edward looks out the window, remarking, this family has had more than its share of tragedy over the past six months--we must set this house in order, the two of us, says Edward--never mind Petofi--what about Barnabas, has he been apprehended during this month?  No, says Q uncomfortably.  Then we must concentrate on finding, capturing and destroying Barnabas, says Edward--he is the greatest danger to the family.  Edward, says Q, if we don't deal with Petofi and Trask, there won't be any family left to be concerned about.
I'll deal with them at the proper time, says Edward, but first, Barnabas--I'm going to find him and drive a stake through his heart.  Edward stomps from the room.  Quentin, probably considering his friendship with Barnabas, looks miserable, torn.

Charity joins Quentin.  Are you contemplating what life would be like with Miss Moon eyes? She asks sarcastically.  He pours himself a drink--leave me alone, he says.  You're not going to marry Angelique, and you know it, she says, you don't love her, you tried to tell her that, but she wouldn't listen--maybe she'd listen if I were to tell her it's me you love.  You haven't been yourself, says Quentin impatiently--you don't know what you're talking about.  She primps her hair--I've seen the way you looked at me, she says, I know how you feel about me, you can't hide it.  I'm not hiding anything, he says, I'm going to marry Angelique.  She curls her hands over his shoulders.  This isn't anything to be making jokes about, she says.  "I'm not making jokes!" yells Quentin, extricating himself from her touch.  She looks lost.  "You're really going to marry that...that woman?" she asks.  Yes, says Q.  I won't let you do it! cries Charity.  You can't stop it, he retorts.  She takes a letter opener into her hands--it's me you love, she says, not her!  She lunges at him with the letter opener.  They begin to struggle, Quentin not putting down the brandy glass.  He fights her one-handed, ordering "For God's sake to put that down!"  Edward enters and breaks them up.  Charity begins to cry.  Edward, clutching the letter opener, asks her, "How much of this madness must we endure?"  She's been like this for a week, explains Quentin-- another example of Petofi's unique powers--perhaps it will convince you that something must be done about the Count.  Leave the room, demands Edward, I'll deal with Charity.  Edward closes the doors and addresses her as Miss Trask.  She shushes him, ordering complete silence so she can concentrate on the future.  It's coming to her, and it's the very near future that concerns us--the 10th of September, yes!  The 10th of September.  She sees this house (as do we), it's very late at night, there's a storm coming, the house is dark, but not everyone is in bed.  She hears music, Quentin's music, coming from downstairs.  Now, someone is coming into the house.  It's Angelique!  The latter opens the drawing room doors, calling to Quentin--she's been waiting for him at the cottage.  She finds his portrait, and gasps--blood is running from the chest!  There's blood on the floor, too.  Angelique follows the trail of crimson into the foyer, up the stairs, over the landing, following drops of blood like grotesque crumbs.  She opens the tower room door--there is Quentin, lying with a huge bloodstain on his chest.
Charity screams, "IT'S DEATH I SEE, QUENTIN'S DEATH!"  She runs past Edward, opens the double doors, and flees, screaming, from the room.

NOTES:  So what's this awful premonition Charity's had about Quentin?  Sounds pretty gruesome, huh?  Who is responsible for his death?  Petofi?  A jealous Charity?

Edward returns to himself and his first mission is finding and destroying Barnabas.  Quentin has befriended Barn during that time, and prefers to work on getting rid of Petofi before searching for Barnabas.   Which brother will win out?

Jamison is back to himself, but seems to retain some vestiges of being David Collins.  He knows Quentin is David's enemy, his killer.  What else does he know?

How will Beth react to this engagement?  Quentin doesn't want it, and Angelique's motives seem less than pure--she wants to share her new husband with her Master.  Interesting threesome.  Quentin was walking the line, tending toward the dark side, but now he's turning into a good guy who truly cares about his family.  He turned down Petofi, right?

Love, Robin

210
Robservations / Robservations 2/25/03 - #826-827 - Barnabas Saves Magda
« on: February 24, 2003, 09:56:44 PM »
826 - It's Johnny Romano who asks Magda, did you really think you could get away from me?

King Johnny and Istvan lead Magda to the cemetery, where the trouble started--where you found Barnabas Collins.  Istvan unties her.  How do you know about him? asks Magda.  All there is to know, he says--a lion, a ring, a door, where that door leads.  Who told you? she asks--Sandor?--I suppose you tortured him a lot to make him reveal that.  Your Sandor was a nice fellow, says Johnny, walking toward the Collins tomb--I hated to see him die.  You killed him, accuses Magda.  You did it yourself, insists Johnny, you made me do it when you stole the hand.  He opens the wrought iron door; they enter the tomb.  This is where it all started, says Johnny, opening a door you should have left closed--this is where it will end--you will go on trial, right now.  Here? asks Magda--what about Boston?  Forget Boston, says Johnny.  Where is the jury? She asks--no one else is here!  I will be judge and prosecutor, says Johnny.  That ain't fair, insists Magda.  Open the door to the secret room, commands Johnny, and see what you find--this time!  She does as ordered, pulling the ring in the lion's mouth.  Inside is a table, candles.  The jury will be here in time, says Johnny--do you remember Andras, the gypsy who strangled my wife years ago?--and Milo, who killed my brother?--they're on your jury.  But they're dead! says Magda.  Yes, says Johnny, the whole jury, murderers all--they're what you deserve and what you're gonna get--"Black as the night, as death, as wings of the raven!" calls Johnny, arms upraised.  "Cat that howls in the night, black as the depths of hell where your souls are condemned--let these candles light your way back to earth.  Andras!  Marcos!"  A ghost appears and walks past Johnny, then another.  Magda watches in horror.  "Stefan, Gregor!" yells Johnny.  Two more gypsies come in, one wearing an eye-patch.  "Sergio!"  Another gypsy appears and walks down the steps.  All are very motley-looking fellows.  All condemned to death by their people, says Johnny, murderers all!--Istvan, take your place, the trial will begin.  Johnny introduces Magda as "one of your own--a thief--she stole the hand of Count Petofi, the most precious possession, to use on a gadjo, an outsider.  Magda speaks up--I also took it for Jenny's baby!  Silence, orders Johnny, I'm talking now!--she stole the hand, charge one; charge 2, she murdered Julianka, no ordinary gypsy.
I didn't! Magda protests.  Julianka had the power, the touch, the sight to see into people, says Johnny--Magda didn't respect these gifts, and murdered her.  I didn't! repeats Magda.  "She left her tribal life and now she's dead, ain't she?" asks Johnny--you DID kill her, and the jury will decide which of us is telling the truth--killing Julianka was bad enough, but when you killed the infant. . .you'd think anyone would have mercy on a helpless infant.  But Julianka put the curse on me, protests Magda--that anyone I loved would die; I tried every way to keep those babies alive!  Liar, says Johnny, and adds another charge--when I came looking for the hand, you tried to trick me with a false hand, tried to pull the bajor on ME!  I didn't, insists Magda.  The case is closed, pronounces Johnny--how are you going to vote?  "Wait a minute," protests Magda, you can't close the case yet!--there's got to be somebody to tell my side of it!"  I want a witness, Barnabas, who sent me to Boston.  You can only have gypsies at a gypsy trial, Johnny coldly informs her.  There are none to testify for me, says Magda--Sandor, Jenny, are dead.  And if they weren't, which would you call? asks Johnny.  "My beloved Sandor!" cries Magda--I trust my life to him.  Maybe you will have your chance, says Johnny--Istvan, bring me the lamp and put out all the lights.  Johnny holds up the lantern and passes it over the heads of the dead jury, calling to Sandor to make himself visible.  Magda sees Sandor standing in the doorway, looking very drugged!

Magda calls to Sandor and tries to run to him, but Istvan pulls her back.  Johnny orders the latter to light the candles.   Magda anxiously asks Sandor if it's all right for him.  "Raise your hand," Johnny orders--"Swear on the graves of the slaughtered nine, on the honor of the Romany children, swear to tell me the truth."  I swear, says Sandor.  Question him, orders Johnny, lighting one black candle with another--you have the time until the candle burns down to do it.  Who killed you? asks Magda.  The jury already knows YOU murdered him, says Johnny.  Let him answers, says Magda, he'll tell you I didn't do it.  Don't put words in the witness' mouth, orders Johnny--ask him a different question!  Who killed Julianka? asks Magda.  How could he know, he was in Boston when she died, barks Johnny--ask him something he knows.  What can I ask him? Magda says softly.  "Who wanted Julianka here, when she died," suggests Johnny--who was that, Sandor?  "Magda Rakosi," replies Sandor.  Tell us why I wanted Julianka here, says Magda--to cure Jenny's children.  Cure them of what? asks Johnny.  The curse, replies Magda.
And who put the curse on those beautiful gypsy babies, Sandor? asks Johnny.  Magda, he answers again.  Louder! demands Johnny.  Magda begins to cry--you aren't letting me ask the witness "nothin.'."  Your time is over anyway, says Johnny.  She protests, you said I had until the candle burns.  He bands over the blows it out.  She gasps.  The case is closed, pronounces Johnny, adding, "Sandor, your time is over now, too. Go back to your grave."  Not yet, protests Magda.  Sandor disappears.  Time to decide whether she lives or dies, says Johnny, asking the jury, do any of you have anything to say in her defense?  There is silence.  The gypsies all look like true scum.  Istvan raises his hand and gives Magda a thumbs down.  "How do you like that--Istvan has spoken," says Johnny--he says you die!  No! cries Magda.  Are you surprised? demands Johnny.  I have the feeling there aren't too many surprises in King Johnny's court, says Magda--how am I going to die?  We will play a game, he says, called hunt the weasel--and you are the weasel.  Where will they hunt for me? she asks.  Wherever you go, says Johnny--wherever you CAN go--let her go, Istvan.  The latter exits the secret room, Magda following.  She asks Johnny, "You mean, you're going to let me go free?"  No trick, says Johnny, just a game.  What if I hide and you can't find me? she asks.  Then you win the game--you are free, says Johnny--and if I find you--you're dead!  How much time before they come after me? asks Magda.  You'll find that out later, he promises--now run, Magda, run--the game is about to begin.  Thunder rolls.  Magda leaves the mausoleum and races off, King Johnny watching, laughing uproariously.

Magda runs to the woods, looking around for her pursuants.  Back in the tomb, Johnny and the jury look at a candle.  "Now it's time for us to play the game," he says, blowing out the candle.  The murderous gypsies follow him.  The storm rages around Magda.  To her horror, one of the ghosts appears before her.  She lights a match and orders Sergio back to hell where he belongs--you don't belong here, your crime is best kept in the dark; when this light goes out, go back to the darkness.  Sergio is enveloped in bright light, and, screaming, disappears (even though Magda's match went out way too soon).  She's thrilled and relieved--I got rid of him!  She stands there, breathing heavily, but hears Johnny's laughter--"but you ain't got rid of me," he tells her.  She calls to him, asking, where are you? but he reminds her the game is to find YOU, not me--I like the way you got rid of Sergio--if you gets rid of the others, perhaps you'll win--get moving, Magda, he orders, got to keep the game going until it's over.  She picks up her skirts and runs off.  In the cemetery, she wanders amongst the tombstones, breathing hard.  She realizes to her dismay that she's been running in a circle and is now backed like a rat in a trap--she must hide somewhere.  She turns and sees another ghost, and another.  "If I only knew how you died," she wails, "maybe I would know how to banish you, but I don't know nothing...nothing, and there ain't nothing but death for me!"
The ghosts close in on the sobbing woman as she hangs her head and cries.  Then she stops, holding out her hand.  "In the name of gypsy women who wept for you," she intones, "I know your crime, I order you to go back to sleep without ending, back to death before the tears are dry on my cheek, go walk the earth no more!"  She cries, patting the tears on her face, and all the ghosts disappear.  She hears Johnny's laughter and is hysterical, begging him, stop the game, it isn't a game--stop it!  Keep going, running, he orders, the game isn't over--I'll tell you when it is!  She runs off.  Johnny appears where she was just standing, laughing and laughing.

Magda, breathless, stands on Widows' Hill.  Sandor appears, calling her name.  She reaches out to him.  Sandor, help me, she begs. I've come to help you, to take you back with me, he says.  No, I can't go back with you, she protests--"You're dead!"  You've got to, he insists, there's no other place I can hide you where you won't be found.  "No," she sobs, "I don't want to die!"  I miss you, he says--we should be together.
He reaches out to her.  You belong to the dead, sobs Magda, bending down to take a handful of earth in her hand.  Holding it, she says, "Oh, death, who makes the earth grow, bear witness that this spirit may no longer walk the earth, guide his spirit back to the dead."  Sandor disappears.  Magda finds herself alone with Johnny and Istvan.  Congratulations on getting rid of Sandor--of all of them--praises Johnny, but you haven't gotten rid of me, and there is nothing you can do about either me or Istvan.  She moves closer to the edge of the cliff.  Johnny takes out a knife and asks, are you sure you want to go that way?--it's a long way down--all right, the game is over, and you lost.  He approaches her, grinning, threatening her with the knife, moving closer and closer...

NOTES:  Poor Magda!  That kangaroo count reminded me a great deal of Barnabas' going on trial by a jury of those he killed as a vampire, including Nathan Forbes and the dock whores he feasted on.  It seems unfair that she so cleverly got rid of the ghostly motley crew only to end up on Widows' Hill with Johnny on one side and the cliff on the other.  Will someone save her?  I can't help but wonder if this is the way gypsies really conducted their business--seems pretty dog eat dog and cruel.


827 - Another Fridian intro!

Caught between Widows' Hill and Johnny and his deadly knife, Magda doesn't know which way she wants to die.

Johnny asks her which it will be--the rocks down there or my knife?  He grabs her just as she's about to launch herself over the cliff.  "Let her go!" demands a familiar voice--Barnabas!  Johnny sends Istvan after the vampire, but he's immediately subdued by Barnabas' hypnotic stare.  Barnabas threatens to show him some stuff--if you don't let Magda go now--you won't like it.  Johnny refuses.  Barnabas locks eyes with Istvan.
Johnny realizes Barnabas has put a spell on Istvan, but insists, "I can take it off."  Istvan heads toward the cliff's edge, Johnny calling, "Come back!"  Istvan stumbles as he stands on the rock ledge, then tumbles over, his muffled screams echoing along with the thunder.  Magda and Johnny are horrified.  "Now, let Magda go or I will send you after Istvan," says Barnabas quietly.  This is Barnabas Collins, the one you found in the tomb, says Johnny--you won't send me nowhere, he says, holding out a cross as Magda gasps--  "You ain't got no power over King Johnny."--you can't even come close as long as I'm holding the cross.  He threatens to send Magda over the cliff with Istvan.  Barnabas, back turned, warns him, if you do that, you will never bring the hand of Count Petofi back to your people.  "You brought it to him," accuses Johnny--"You helped her kill Julianka!"  No, says Barnabas, but I know who did kill Julianka and also has the hand--he's only a few miles from here--let Magda go, promise she is completely free, and you will get the information.  How do I know I can trust you, help me get the hand back? asks Johnny.  The hand has caused a great deal of pain and misery for all who've touched it, says Barn--it belongs to the gypsies, and I'm sorry Magda ever brought it.  You've told me what's in it for the gypsies, says Johnny--what's in it for you, Mr. Barnabas? The man who has the hand now has caused great unhappiness for my family, continues Barnabas--I want you to take the hand from him--take those powers away--the choice is yours--kill her or get back the hand.
Magda assures Johnny that Barnabas is telling the truth, he can help you--put the cross away!  Johnny slowly lowers the cross.  Barnabas turns and looks at him.

Old House - Magda opens the front door and lets Johnny and Barnabas in.  The house is empty, she assures them.  We must be cautious, says Barn, my safety is in doubt because of the man who has the hand.  Johnny says I forgive everything, just tell me who has it.  You might find it difficult to believe, says Barnabas, but the hand is again with Count Petofi.  And he's here in this place, asks Johnny?  Yes, says Barnabas.  So, I will finally see him, says Johnny--the owner of that hated crest!  His crest was on Julianka's forehead when I found her dead, reveals Barnabas.  Petofi killed Julianka? asks Johnny, and turns to Magda.  He put a spell on me, she says, so I couldn't say anything, betray him.  Johnny vows, Petofi won't put anymore spells on MY gypsies, or kill anymore of them, either.  Barnabas warns, it's dangerous to go after Petofi alone.  It isn't dangerous for ME, boasts Johnny--I can't tell you why, but Count Petofi will know--where can I find him?  A few miles from here, says Barnabas, who asks for one last condition--that you use the hand on Quentin Collins.  Johnny protests--I can only use it on gypsies.  Barnabas points out--Quentin married a gypsy, his children are part gypsy--you'll be using it against your own people if you don't cure Quentin..
Magda listens anxiously.  Johnny agrees, I haven't time, there's more important things to do--there is something that must be done, and it takes time.  He leaves the house, ordering them, wait for me.

Barnabas paces the living room.  Magda sits on the sofa, watching him.  Thunder booms.  Johnny's been gone a long time, frets Barnabas--are you sure you didn't tell him where to find Petofi?  How could I, after what Petofi did to me? asks Magda.  I don't understand it at all, says Barnabas.  There's a knock at the door and Magda and Barnabas exchanges glances before the vampire goes to hide in the back.  Magda asks who it is.  King Johnny, dressed in a very fancy velvet ceremonial robe.  He twirls around so Magda could admire it.  Johnny asks for Barnabas, who comes out.  You thought I tricked you when I ran off, says Johnny, tell the truth, that'[s what you thought.  Yes, says Barnabas.  I promised to cure Quentin, says Johnny, and I will--have him here by dawn.  I will do that, promises Barnabas but I can't be there myself.  Where is Petofi, asks Johnny.  Barnabas tells him about the abandoned mill.  I will find it, says Johnny--yes, and take care of things as soon as I take care of Petofi.  He pulls out the Golden Scimitar of the Romana tribe.  A hundred years ago, says Magda, it severed Petofi's hand from his wrist--it has always been sacred to the gypsies.  Tonight, it will be more sacred, says Johnny.  "So that's how you're going to get it back," says Barnabas.  It's going to do more than that, Johnny assures him--much more with me behind it.  Barnabas asks for an explanation.  You want to know too many gypsy secrets, says Johnny--just leave it to me.  He returns the scimitar to its sheath.  What if you don't find Petofi? asks Magda--I fear he's too smart to just sit and wait for the gypsies to find him--suppose he is gone? she asks Barnabas.

Mill - Johnny walks downstairs in his gorgeous velvet and fur robe.  No one appears to be home.  He ain't here, says Johnny.  He looks at a book opened on a table and picks it up.  The history of the Collinses.  We see Petofi's ruby-beringed hand curl around King Johnny's throat!  The gypsy struggles, gasping for breath.

Johnny struggles in Petofi's grasp, and succeeds in pushing Petofi's hand away from his throat.  Am I what you expected? Asks Johnny--and you WERE expecting me, weren't you?  Petofi nurses his hurt wrist.  Every time you killed a gypsy, you were expecting me, says Johnny.  I had no idea what you'd be like, says Petofi.  So every gypsy filled you with terror, deduces Johnny, for any one of them could have been me--the greatest, most magnificent!--there was no way of telling, was there?--was there?  No, admits Petofi, clearly scared.  So I'm not a disappointment, says Johnny--I am worthy of Petofi.  The latter picks up a knife.  "Put that down!" demands Johnny.  Petofi obeys.  (What is the source of the gypsy's power?)  It won't do you any good and you know it, says Johnny.  "I was so close to escaping you forever," boasts Petofi.  That's all over now, says Johnny, there is no escape for you now--to me and all the other gypsies, you were was a legend, until my grandfather Mateo died--nine days later, I had a dream, as my uncle Zago had, telling me that I was now the keeper of the hand--he told me that I was the only gypsy in the world that Count Petofi had no power over--"and you do fear me, don't you?"  Yes, admits Petofi, I do fear you.  Tell me why, says Johnny.  Because you are the one gypsy in the world I have no power over, says Petofi.  The one gypsy who has power over YOU, says Johnny.  Petofi begs to be allowed to talk for five minutes.  "My name is KING Johnny!" he reminds Petofi.  I won't call you, insists Petofi, you're no king--a king doesn't wear tawdry robes or have bits of glass and tinsel ornaments, bright handkerchiefs--a real king has rubies, diamonds, the real thing, furs, beautiful women to wrap them around, his palace is full of treasure he can't even count--and I can make all that real for you--the hand will give it to you, and you know its true power--the gypsies don't, and can't gain from it as I can.
You think King Johnny is a fool? asks the gypsy--do you think I'd leave this room with my pockets stuffed with diamonds, and that hand still with you, roaming the same earth as the gypsies?--I wouldn't give up that hand for all the treasure in the world.  But we won't be roaming the same earth, says Petofi--I have a friend with exceptional powers, to a time almost 75 years from now--with that much distance between us, we will never meet again--it will all be over between Petofi and the gypsies when Barnabas Collins takes me to the future!  Johnny laughs--Barnabas Collins isn't your friend, nor is he taking you to the future--he told me where I could find you, and the hand.  Petofi, sits down, cradling his hand, and asks, what are you going to do?  You know, says Johnny--what was done to you 100 years ago.  "Take. . .my hand," says Petofi in a sickened voice--is there no hope, no mercy? he cries.  The same mercy you showed slaughtered gypsies in the Forest of Oshden, says Johnny--the same mercy you showed any gypsy unfortunate enough to cross your path--that is the mercy I will show you!  Then there's nothing more to be said, says Petofi.  Only this, says Johnny, drawing out the scimitar.  "How the knife gleamed when it came close to my hand," says Petofi--"The agony as it was severed from my wrist!--it was 100 years ago and I still remember!--I don't want to remember!"  This time you won't have to remember for long, says Johnny--"I am going to cut off your hand, Count Petofi, it will happen like it did 100 years ago."--there will be one difference--after I've taken the hand, I'm going to take your life, and there's no way you can stop me.  Petofi stares at him, totally fear-stricken and seemingly helpless for the first time.

Magda looks out the window, nervous, fretting--why isn't Johnny here?--what if Petofi is gone?  I don't think so, says Barnabas--Petofi went to a great deal of trouble having that false hand created, setting you up as scapegoat--I thinks he wants to stay here for some time--Johnny will succeed in his mission, Barnabas assures her, so why don't you go to Collinwood, get Quentin, and wait for Johnny--I think this will be the most important day of all our lives!

I've waited for this moment a long, long time Johnny tells Petofi.   The latter, sitting in a chair, suggests, you have waited TOO long--think of yourself instead, what you could gain if you let me go--you're sensible, we both are, there must be some arrangement we could make--I could give you things beyond your expectations, beyond your dreams!  What I want, I'm going to take, says Johnny--right now--I don't need any arrangement to do it--"Nine sacred candles, all burning."  We see nine candles lit before him.  "All ready!"  He pulls out the sword.  "Mateo, Zarco, all you of the Romano tribe who bore the honor and the glory and the power to stand up against our hated enemy, wherever you are, see this moment and make it your triumph, too.  King Johnny Romana, of all the men of his tribe, has found Petofi!--King Johnny Romana alone is going to do what must be done!"  He takes the scimitar and walks over to the terrified Petofi, whose arm rests on the chair's armrest.  Petofi's eyes widen to the size of robin's eggs as, overcome with terror, he watches King Johnny raise the scimitar high above his hand!

NOTES:  Whew!  Is Petofi going to lose his hand again, now that he's finally gotten it back?  Wasn't Barnabas' saving Magda wonderful, cementing the weird friendship they've developed over all this time?  Neat that Johnny has this ability to withstand Petofi's power.  You could see how fearful the Count was, and now we know why he's been so afraid of this pursuer for all these years.

Love, Robin

Pages: « 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 »